Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–1

Page 1A7–1

Section 1A7

Seat Assemblies

ATTENTION

Before performing any Service Operation or other procedure described in this Section, refer to Section 00

Warnings, Cautions and Notes for correct workshop practices with regard to safety and/or property damage.

1 General Information............................................................................................................................. 12

1.1 Front Seat General Description...........................................................................................................................12

Seat Covers...........................................................................................................................................................13

Electric Seat Operation........................................................................................................................................13

Raise/Lower Movement....................................................................................................................................13

Fore/Aft Movement...........................................................................................................................................14

Recline Movement............................................................................................................................................14

Four-way and Six-way Movement Control........................................................................................................14

Eight-way Movement Control............................................................................................................................14

Memory Seat Position System..........................................................................................................................15

Priority Keys (Level 5 Vehicles Only)................................................................................................................15

Memory Buttons................................................................................................................................................15

Using the Exterior Mirrors.................................................................................................................................16

Active Head Restraints........................................................................................................................................17

1.2 Rear Seat General Description............................................................................................................................18

Seat Covers...........................................................................................................................................................18

Surebond..........................................................................................................................................................18

Hook and loop ..................................................................................................................................................18

Conventional pul l-dow n ....................................................................................................................................18

2 Service Operations – Front Seat, Level 1 and 3 ............................................................................... 19

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart .......................................................................................................................................19

How To Use This Chart........................................................................................................................................19

Gulf States........................................................................................................................................................19

Front Seat Type 1.................................................................................................................................................20

Front Seat Type 2.................................................................................................................................................21

Front Seat Type 3.................................................................................................................................................22

Front Seat Type 4.................................................................................................................................................23

Front Seat Type 5.................................................................................................................................................24

Front Seat Type 6.................................................................................................................................................26

2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly................................................................................................................................28

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................28

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................28

2.3 Front Seat Assembly............................................................................................................................................29

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................29

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................31

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly..............................................................................................................32

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................32

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................33

Front Seat Adjustment Switch, Front Seat Type 1 and 2..................................................................................33

Front Seat Adjustment Switch, Front Seat Type 3 – 6......................................................................................33

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................34

2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover................................................................................................................................35

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................35

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................35

Techline

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–2

Page 1A7–2

2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly and Lumbar Support Knob Assembly..............................................36

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................37

Lumbar Support Knob and Deflector Ring........................................................................................................37

Front Seat-back Map Pocket............................................................................................................................38

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................39

2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly .................................................................................................................41

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................41

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................42

Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................42

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................42

2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.......................................................................................................................43

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................43

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................43

2.9 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly ........................................................................................................44

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................44

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................45

Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................46

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................46

2.10 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.......................................................................................................................47

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................47

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................48

Lumbar Support and Adjuster Assembly..........................................................................................................48

Side Impact Airbag Assembly...........................................................................................................................50

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly .......................................................................................................51

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................52

2.11 Track and Height Adjust Assembly....................................................................................................................53

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................53

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................54

2.12 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly ..................................................................................................55

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................55

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................56

Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................57

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................58

2.13 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly.................................................................................................................59

Remove .................................................................................................................................................................59

Disassemble .........................................................................................................................................................59

Reassemble ..........................................................................................................................................................59

Reinstall ................................................................................................................................................................59

2.14 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies.......................................................................................................................60

2.15 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly ...............................................................................................61

2.16 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly..........................................................................................................62

3 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Level 1 and 3............................................................................................ 63

3.1 Prerequisites.........................................................................................................................................................63

Safety Requirements............................................................................................................................................63

Equipment.............................................................................................................................................................63

Testing Procedures..............................................................................................................................................63

3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................................64

Lumbar Support Inoperative ...............................................................................................................................64

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................64

Test Description................................................................................................................................................64

Four-way/Six-wa y Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative ........................................65

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................65

Test Description................................................................................................................................................65

Four-way Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth................................................65

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................65

Test Description................................................................................................................................................65

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–3

Page 1A7–3

3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way/Six-way Seat...................................................................................................66

Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat..........................................................................................................67

Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat ........................................................................................................68

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.........................................................................................69

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................69

Test Description................................................................................................................................................69

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................71

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................71

Test Description................................................................................................................................................71

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.........................................................................72

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................72

Test Description................................................................................................................................................72

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth.......................................................74

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................74

Test Description................................................................................................................................................74

None of the Passenger's Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate ...........................................................76

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................76

Test Description................................................................................................................................................76

Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower .................................................................78

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................78

Test Description................................................................................................................................................78

3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.............................................................................................................80

Test........................................................................................................................................................................80

3.5 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test................................................................................................................81

Test........................................................................................................................................................................81

3.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat................................................................................................................82

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat .......................................................................................................................83

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat......................................................................................................................84

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.........................................................................................85

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................85

Test Description................................................................................................................................................85

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................87

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................87

Test Description................................................................................................................................................87

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.........................................................................89

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................89

Test Description................................................................................................................................................89

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth......................................................91

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................91

Test Description................................................................................................................................................91

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative .........................................................93

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................93

Test Description................................................................................................................................................93

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...........................................................94

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................94

Test Description................................................................................................................................................94

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.................................................................96

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................96

Test Description................................................................................................................................................96

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ..............................................98

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................98

Test Description................................................................................................................................................98

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................100

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................100

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................100

3.7 Eight- way Seat Adjustment Switch Test ..........................................................................................................101

Test......................................................................................................................................................................101

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–4

Page 1A7–4

4 Service Operations – Front Seat, Level 2, 4 and 5 ......................................................................... 102

4.1 Front Seat Usage Chart .....................................................................................................................................102

How To Use This Chart......................................................................................................................................102

Domestic.........................................................................................................................................................102

Gulf States......................................................................................................................................................103

Front Seat Type 7...............................................................................................................................................104

Front Seat Type 8...............................................................................................................................................106

Front Seat Type 9...............................................................................................................................................108

Front Seat Type 10.............................................................................................................................................110

Front Seat Type 11.............................................................................................................................................112

Front Seat Type 12.............................................................................................................................................114

Front Seat Type 13.............................................................................................................................................116

Front Seat Type 14.............................................................................................................................................118

Front Seat Type 11 – 14 Head Restraint Assembly.........................................................................................129

4.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly..............................................................................................................................130

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................130

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................130

4.3 Front Seat Assembly..........................................................................................................................................131

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................131

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................133

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11 and 13.....................................................................................134

4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly............................................................................................................136

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................136

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................137

Front Seat Adjustment Switch ........................................................................................................................137

Memory Position Switch Assembly.................................................................................................................138

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................138

4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover..............................................................................................................................138

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................139

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................139

4.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly ............................................................................................................140

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................140

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................141

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................141

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................141

4.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly ...............................................................................................................143

Front Seat Type 7 – 10 .......................................................................................................................................143

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................143

Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................143

Reassemble....................................................................................................................................................143

Reinstall..........................................................................................................................................................143

Front Seat Type 11 – 14 .....................................................................................................................................144

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................144

Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................145

Reassemble....................................................................................................................................................148

Reinstall..........................................................................................................................................................148

4.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.....................................................................................................................149

Front Seat Type 7 – 10 .......................................................................................................................................149

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................149

Reinstall..........................................................................................................................................................149

Front Seat Type 11 – 14 .....................................................................................................................................150

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................150

Reinstall..........................................................................................................................................................151

4.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly .....................................................................................................................152

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................152

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................152

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–5

Page 1A7–5

4.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly ......................................................................................................153

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................153

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................154

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................155

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................155

4.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly .....................................................................................................................156

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................156

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................157

Side Impact Airbag Assembly.........................................................................................................................157

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly .....................................................................................................158

Lumbar Support Assembly .............................................................................................................................158

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly.........................................................................................................160

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................161

4.12 Seat Memory Module .........................................................................................................................................162

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................162

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................162

4.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly..................................................................................................................163

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................163

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................164

4.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembl y ................................................................................................165

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................165

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................165

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................166

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................167

4.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly...............................................................................................................168

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................168

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................168

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................168

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................168

4.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies .....................................................................................................................169

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly .............................................................................................170

4.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly........................................................................................................171

4.19 Drive Motor Potentiometers ..............................................................................................................................172

5 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Level 2, 4 and 5...................................................................................... 173

5.1 Prerequisites.......................................................................................................................................................173

Safety Requirements..........................................................................................................................................173

Equipment...........................................................................................................................................................173

Testing Procedures............................................................................................................................................173

5.2 Mechanical Diagnosis........................................................................................................................................174

Lumbar Support Inoperative .............................................................................................................................174

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................174

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................174

5.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RH D............................................................................175

Wiring Diagram – Eight-w ay Seat, Non-memory, RHD....................................................................................176

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD..................................................................................177

Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................178

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................178

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................178

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.................................................................180

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................180

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................180

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.......................................................................182

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................182

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................182

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth....................................................184

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................184

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................184

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–6

Page 1A7–6

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative .......................................................186

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................186

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................186

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate .........................................................187

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................187

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................187

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower...............................................................189

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................189

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................189

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ............................................191

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................191

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................191

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................193

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................193

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................193

5.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD .............................................................................194

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD....................................................................................195

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD ..................................................................................196

Neither Seat Ad justment Switch Functions Operate.......................................................................................197

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................197

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................197

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate.................................................................199

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................199

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................199

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower.......................................................................201

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................201

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................201

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth....................................................203

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................203

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................203

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative .......................................................205

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................205

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................205

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate .........................................................206

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................206

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................206

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower...............................................................208

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................208

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................208

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ............................................210

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................210

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................210

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................212

Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................212

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................212

5.5 Eight- way Seat Adjustment Switch Test ..........................................................................................................213

Test......................................................................................................................................................................213

6 Diagnostics – Front Seat Memory and Rear View Mirror, Level 5 ................................................ 214

6.1 Prerequisites.......................................................................................................................................................214

Safety Requirements..........................................................................................................................................214

Equipment...........................................................................................................................................................214

Testing Procedures............................................................................................................................................214

6.2 System Self Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................................215

Current DTCs......................................................................................................................................................215

History DTCs.......................................................................................................................................................215

Clearing DTCs.....................................................................................................................................................215

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–7

Page 1A7–7

6.3 TECH 2 Diagnostics...........................................................................................................................................216

Test Modes..........................................................................................................................................................216

Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes..............................................................................................................216

Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display..................................................................................................................216

Mode F2: Snapshot ........................................................................................................................................216

Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests.......................................................................................................................216

Mode F4: Additi onal Functions.......................................................................................................................216

6.4 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.............................................................................................217

System Select Menu...........................................................................................................................................217

Body Application Menu......................................................................................................................................217

System Identification .........................................................................................................................................218

Application Menu ...............................................................................................................................................218

F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes...........................................................................................................................219

F0: Read DTC Information..............................................................................................................................219

F1: Clear DTC Information..............................................................................................................................219

Diagnostic Trouble Codes.................................................................................................................................220

F1: Diagnostic Da ta Displa y..............................................................................................................................220

F0: Inputs and Outputs...................................................................................................................................220

F1: Memory ....................................................................................................................................................224

F2: System Identification ................................................................................................................................226

F2: Snapshot.......................................................................................................................................................226

F3: Miscellaneous Tests....................................................................................................................................226

F0: Chime.......................................................................................................................................................226

F1: LED ..........................................................................................................................................................226

F2: Right Exterior Mirror .................................................................................................................................226

F3: Left Exterior Mirror....................................................................................................................................226

F4: Front Vertical Motor..................................................................................................................................226

F5: Rear vertical Mirror...................................................................................................................................226

F6: Horizontal Motor.......................................................................................................................................226

F7: Recline Motor ...........................................................................................................................................227

F4: Additional Functions ...................................................................................................................................227

F0: Module Reset ...........................................................................................................................................227

6.5 Preliminary S ystem Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................228

6.6 Diagnostic Charts...............................................................................................................................................229

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................229

6.7 Mechanical Diagnosis........................................................................................................................................230

6.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat.................................................................................................................231

Wiring Diagram – RHD.......................................................................................................................................231

Wiring Diagram – LHD .......................................................................................................................................233

Connector Chart.................................................................................................................................................235

Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................236

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................236

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................236

No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module........................................................................242

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................242

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................242

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................242

Seat Adjustment Switch Assembly Inoperative – RHD...................................................................................244

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................244

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................244

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................244

Seat Adjustment Switch Assembly Inoperative – LHD ...................................................................................246

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................246

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................246

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................246

Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative......................................................................................................................248

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................248

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................248

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................248

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–8

Page 1A7–8

Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative .......................................................................................................................249

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................249

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................249

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................249

Seat Fore / Aft Movement Motor Inoperative ...................................................................................................250

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................250

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................250

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................250

Front Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative......................................................................................................251

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................251

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................251

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................251

Memory Position Switch Inoperative – RHD....................................................................................................253

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................253

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................253

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................253

Memory Position Switch Inoperative – LHD.....................................................................................................255

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................255

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................255

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................255

Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD..........................................................................................257

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................257

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................257

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................257

Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD..........................................................................................259

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................259

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................259

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................259

Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD...........................................................................................261

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................261

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................261

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................261

Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD...........................................................................................263

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................263

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................263

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................263

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check.....................................................................................265

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................265

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................265

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................265

Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check...............................................................................................267

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................267

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................267

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................267

Priority Key Feature Inoperative .......................................................................................................................269

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................269

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................269

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................269

DTC 1 — Front Vertical Up Switch Stuck.........................................................................................................270

Right-hand Drive.............................................................................................................................................270

Left-hand Drive...............................................................................................................................................271

DTC 2 — Front Vertical Down Switch Stuck ....................................................................................................272

Right-hand Drive.............................................................................................................................................272

Left-hand Drive...............................................................................................................................................273

DTC 3 — Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck ..........................................................................................................274

Right-hand Drive.............................................................................................................................................274

Left-hand Drive...............................................................................................................................................275

DTC 4 — Rear Vertical Down Switch Stuck......................................................................................................276

Right-hand Drive.............................................................................................................................................276

Left-hand Drive...............................................................................................................................................277

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–9

Page 1A7–9

DTC 5 — Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck......................................................................................................278

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................278

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................278

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................278

DTC 6 — Horizontal Back Switch Stuck...........................................................................................................279

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................279

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................279

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................279

DTC 7 — Recline Up Switch Stuck....................................................................................................................280

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................280

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................280

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................280

DTC 8 — Recline Down Switch Stuck...............................................................................................................281

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................281

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................281

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................281

DTC 9 — Memory Button 1 Stuck .....................................................................................................................282

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................282

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................282

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................282

DTC 10 — Memory Button 2 Stuck ...................................................................................................................283

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................283

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................283

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................283

DTC 11 — Memory Button 3 Stuck ...................................................................................................................284

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................284

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................284

DTC 12 — Mirror DIP Button Stuck...................................................................................................................285

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................285

Note on Diagnostic Chart................................................................................................................................285

DTC 13 — No Serial Data...................................................................................................................................286

DTC 14 — No Exterior Mirror Communications...............................................................................................286

DTC 15 — Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault...............................................................................................286

DTC 16 — Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault................................................................................................286

DTC 17 — Horizontal Position Sensor Fault....................................................................................................286

DTC 18 — Recline Position Sensor Fault.........................................................................................................286

DTC 19 — ECU Malfunction...............................................................................................................................286

6.9 Memory Position Switch Test............................................................................................................................287

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................287

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................287

Test......................................................................................................................................................................287

6.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors.........................................................................................................289

Wiring Diagram – RHD.......................................................................................................................................289

Wiring Diagram – LHD .......................................................................................................................................290

Connector Chart.................................................................................................................................................291

Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................292

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................292

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................292

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................292

Mirror Dip Function Check................................................................................................................................295

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................295

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................295

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................295

Mirror Heating Function Check.........................................................................................................................296

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................296

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................296

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................296

No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors ..............................................................................................298

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................298

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................298

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................298

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–10

Page 1A7–10

No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror ..................................................................................300

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................300

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................300

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................300

No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror.....................................................................................301

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................301

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................301

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................301

Mirror Control Switch Inoperative.....................................................................................................................302

Circuit Description...........................................................................................................................................302

Test Description..............................................................................................................................................302

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart........................................................................................................................302

7 Service Operations – Rear Seat ....................................................................................................... 304

7.1 Rear Seat Usage Chart.......................................................................................................................................304

How To Use This Chart......................................................................................................................................304

Domestic.........................................................................................................................................................305

Gulf States......................................................................................................................................................305

Rear Seat Type 1 ................................................................................................................................................306

Rear Seat Type 2 ................................................................................................................................................307

Rear Seat Type 3 ................................................................................................................................................309

Rear Seat Type 4 ................................................................................................................................................311

Rear Seat Type 5 ................................................................................................................................................313

Rear Seat Type 6 ................................................................................................................................................315

Rear Seat Type 7 ................................................................................................................................................317

Rear Seat Type 8 ................................................................................................................................................319

Rear Seat-back Centre Tra y and Armrest Assembly w ithout Compartment.................................................321

Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assembly w ith Compartment ......................................................322

7.2 Rear Seat Cushion Assembly............................................................................................................................323

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................323

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................323

Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle...............................................................................................................323

Rear Seat Cushion Frame..............................................................................................................................324

Cushion Cover Assembly..................................................................................................................................329

Rear Seat Type 1............................................................................................................................................329

Rear Seat Type 2 and 5..................................................................................................................................329

Rear Seat Type 3 and 6..................................................................................................................................334

Rear Seat Type 4............................................................................................................................................339

Rear Seat Type 7............................................................................................................................................343

Rear Seat Type 8............................................................................................................................................350

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................355

7.3 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Assembl y Right and Left-hand Side............................................................356

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................356

Except Rear Seat Type 4 Head Restraint.......................................................................................................357

Rear Seat Type 4 Head Restraint...................................................................................................................358

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................358

7.4 Rear Seat-back Assembly..................................................................................................................................359

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................359

Head Restraint Sleeve........................................................................................................................................360

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................360

Reinstall..........................................................................................................................................................360

Rear Seat-back Cover........................................................................................................................................361

Rear Seat Type1.............................................................................................................................................361

Rear Seat Type 2 and 5..................................................................................................................................361

Rear Seat Type 3 and 6..................................................................................................................................368

Rear Seat Type 4............................................................................................................................................374

Rear Seat Type 7 and 8..................................................................................................................................381

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................389

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–11

Page 1A7–11

7.5 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Assembly...........................................................................................390

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................390

Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................391

Reassemble....................................................................................................................................................392

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................392

7.6 Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Assembly.......................................................................................................393

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................393

Disassemble Rear Seat Type 1 – 4....................................................................................................................393

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................394

Disassemble Rear Seat Type 5 – 8....................................................................................................................395

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Hinge...........................................................................................................395

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid and Cover..............................................................................................396

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Deposit Box, Cover and Cup Holder............................................................397

Reassemble ........................................................................................................................................................400

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................400

7.7 Rear Seat-back Centre Assembly.....................................................................................................................401

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................401

Disassemble .......................................................................................................................................................401

Pad Assembly, Cove r and Head Restraint Sleeves........................................................................................401

Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button..........................................................................................................404

Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Actuator............................................................................................................404

Rear Seat-back Centre Hinge.........................................................................................................................405

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................405

7.8 Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Striker .................................................................................................................406

Remove ...............................................................................................................................................................406

Reinstall ..............................................................................................................................................................406

8 Torque Wrench Specifications......................................................................................................... 407

8.1 Front Seat............................................................................................................................................................407

Level 1 and 3.......................................................................................................................................................407

Level 2, 4 and 5...................................................................................................................................................407

8.2 Rear Seat.............................................................................................................................................................408

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–12

Page 1A7–12

1 General Information

This Section describes the service and diagnostic procedures for the seat assemblies fitted to MY 2004 WK Series

vehicles and is divided as follows for Service Operations:

• Early type Level 1 and 3 front seat assemblies,

• Level 2, 4 and 5 front seat assemblies and Late type Level 1 and 3,

• Rear seat as semblies,

and Diagnosis:

• Early type Level 1 and 3 front seat assemblies,

• Level 2, 4 and 5 and Late type Level 1 and 3 non-memory front seat assemblies and

• Level 5 memory front seat assemblies.

1.1 Front Seat General Description

For reasons of personal safety, the vehicle

must only be driven after the seat has been

adjusted to the correct driving position. Do

not adjust the driver’s seat when the vehicle

is moving as the seat could move away from

the driving position, causing loss of control.

Accessory and after market seat covers MUST

NOT be fitted to any vehicle with side impact

airbags unless approved b y the manufacturer.

Non-approved seat covers may inhibit the

operation of the side airbag, reducing the

protection otherwise provided to the

occupants during a side-impact collision.

NOTE

Running changes to the front seat assemblies

fitted to Level 1 and 3 vehicles occurred during

production. Front seat assemblies prior to this

change are referred to as "early type" Level 1

and 3.

The front seats fitted to MY 2004 WK Series vehicles are summarised as follows:

• Pressed metal seat-back frame type seat fi tted to early type Level 1 and 3 vehicles,

• Tubular metal seat-back frame type fitted to Level 2, 4 and 5 vehicles and late type Level 1 and 3 vehicles.

The result of these two differences is that components such as the adjustable lumbar support assembly are also different

between seat-back frame types.

Other front seat features fitted depending on vehicle Model Level include:

• Four, six or eight-way electric movement functions,

• Side impact airbag assemblies,

• Standard leather trim for Level 3 and 5 vehicles and optional for Level 2 and 4,

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–13

Page 1A7–13

• Active head restraints for Level 4 and 5 vehicles,

• Rear seat entertainment screens in the back of the head restraints for Level 5 vehicles , and

• A driver's seat memory position system that integrates with other vehicle functions, also for Level 5 vehicles.

To identify the front seat type fitted, refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart for early type Level 1 and 3 vehicles, or

4.1 Front Seat Usage Chart for Level 2, 4 and 5 vehicles and late type Level 1 and 3 ve hicles.

The front seatbelt buckle and pretensioner assemblies are attached to the front seats. For service operations refer to

Section 12M, Occupant Protection System.

Seat Covers

Two seat cover construction methods are used for the front seat assemblies. The front seats fitted to Level 1 vehicles

have Surebond type cloth covers. These are not serviced separately as they are glued to the seat pad.

The cloth or leather seat covers fitted to Level 2 – 5 front seat assemblies are fully serviceable as they are attached

within the grooves of the seat pad with a hook and loop system.

Electric Seat Operation

Depending on Model Level of the vehicle, the following front seat electric movement functions are available:

• Four-way – Seat cushion front raise/lower and rear raise/lower,

• Six-way – As Four-way plus seat fore/aft,

• Eight-way – As Six-way plus seat-back recline.

Referring to Figure 1A7 – 1, four electric motor and gearbox assemblies provide the movement of the front seat, one

each, where fitted, for:

• Front raise/lower movement (1),

• Rear raise/lower movement (2),

• Seat fore/aft movement (3),

• Seat-back recline (4).

Figure 1A7 – 1

Each function is independently controlled. Alternatively, if desired the front and rear raise/lower movement can be

performed together to raise or lower the complete seat.

Raise/Lower Movement

Two lift motor and gearbox assemblies (1 & 2, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1) are attached to the inboard side of the track and

height adjust assembly: one for front and the other for rear raise/lower movement. When a lift motor is operating, it drives

the gearbox which draws in or extends a mating worm shaft. This in turn operates on an arm and cross-shaft.

The cross-shaft is connected to another arm on the opposite side of the track and height adjust assembly and allows the

raising or lowering of that portion (front or rear) of the seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–14

Page 1A7–14

Fore/Aft Movement

To provide seat fore/aft movement, the motor and gearbox assembly (3, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1) is connected to a shaft

geared at each end. Within each seat track, the shaft gear is meshed upon a rack, providing fore/aft movement.

Recline Movement

Seat-back recline movement is provided by the recline motor and gearbox assembly (4, refer to Figure 1A7 – 1), which is

attached to the seat-back frame. A shaft from the gearbox is fitted with a drive ge ar at each end and is meshed with a

driven gear attached to each seat-back frame pivot. Motor operation causes rotation of the drive gear, which turns the

driven gear and seat-back frame, thereby altering the seat-back recline angle.

All motors reverse direction when the polarity at the wiring terminals is reversed, resulting in seat movement in the

opposite direction. During seat position adjustment, the drive motors will cease operation at the end of their travel via an

internal thermal cut-ou t switch, even if the seat adjustment switch is held on.

Components making up the seat-back recline mechanism and track and height adjust assembly are not servic ed.

Four-way and Six-way Movement Control

Four-way and six-way seat movement is controlled by a

front seat adjustment switch assembly (1), which is fitted to

the outer side of each front seat.

For the four-way seat, the switch provides independent

control of the front and rear raise/lower movements.

The six-way front seat adjustment switch provides fore/aft

movement in addition to the four-way movements.

To adjust the seat:

• Operate the switch up or down to raise/lower the seat.

• Operate the front of the switch up or down to

raise/lower the front of the seat.

• Operate the rear of the switch up or down to

raise/lower the rear of the seat.

• Operate the switch forward or backward to move the

seat fore/aft.

For further information, refer to the WK Series Owner's

Handbook.

Figure 1A7 – 2

Eight-way Movement Control

The eight-way front seat adjustment switch has an

additional knob (1) which provi des contr ol of the seat-b ac k

recline movement. The knob (2) provides the same

functions as six-way seats.

To adjust the seat recline:

• Operate the recline knob to adjust the angle of the

seat-back. The seat-back moves in the same direction

to which the switch is moved.

For further information, refer to the WK Series Owner's

Handbook.

Figure 1A7 – 3

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–15

Page 1A7–15

Memory Seat Position System

The driver’s seat in Level 5 vehicles is fitted wi th a memory

seat position sy stem .

The memory seat position system allows the driver to adjust

the seat to any of the positions stored in memory by

pressing one of the three memory buttons (1).

In addition, on keyless entry to the vehicle, the memory seat

position system through the Body Control Module (BCM),

recognises which ignition key has been used (Priority 1 or

Priority 2) and adjusts the seat position to the driver’s

preferred set position.

Audible and visual feedback for the various functions of the

memory seat position system is provided. The system has a

green LED and a chime which are used to indicate memory

saves, the recall of priority memory numbers and for seat

diagnost ic pro cedur es.

Four potentiometers mounted with the motor and gearbox

assemblies or on the recline drive shaft monitor the position

of the seat.

Figure 1A7 – 4

The seat memory module, mounted under the front seat, has a non-volatile memory. Whil e disconnecting the battery will

not erase the seat memory settings, the seat will require recalibrating to reset the potentiometer stop values within the

memory control module.

NOTE

Some of the procedures relating to memory seat

diagnosis detailed in 6 Diagnostics – Front Seat,

Level 5 Memory require the use of both the

Priority 1 Key and the Priority 2 Key.

Priority Keys (Level 5 Vehicles Only)

On level 5 vehicles, the driver's seat movement is a function of the priority keys. Priority key 1 and priority key 2 move the

driver's seat and exterior mirrors to the positions in which they were set when that key was last inserted into the ignition

switch. When the vehicle is unlocked using the Unlock button on a priority key and that priority key is inserted into the

ignition switch, the vehicle identifies the priority key and:

• adjusts the position of the driver's seat,

• adjusts the position of the exterior mirrors to the last position used for that key, and

• if the mirror dip function is activated, adjusts the position of the passenger's exterior mirror when the transmission

selector is placed in reverse.

The driver's seat move s to the last position us ed for that priority key if:

• that was a memory button position, or

• the seat was adjusted without memorising the position.

The driver's seat moves to the alternate priority key position only after pressing the UNLOCK button on the alternate

priority key. If the alternate priority key is not used to unlock the vehicle, that priority key will adjust all personalised

settings (for example, exterior mirror angles, radio and climate control), except the driver's seat.

If activated, the left exterior mirror dip function is linked to the seat and priority key memory (that is, each seat memory

position also stores the left exterior mirror DIP position, if activated).

For further information, refer to the WK Series Owner's Handbook.

Memory Buttons

The seat can store three different memory settings. To recall a stored memory seat and exterior mirror position, press

and hold one of the memory buttons. After the seat has reached its memorised position, release the memory button. If

the memory button is released before the seat reaches its memorised position, the seat stops moving.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–16

Page 1A7–16

To change a memory position:

1 Adjust the seat with the eight-way front seat adjustment switch.

2 Adjust the exterior mirrors (including the dip position).

3 Place the transmission selector in either park or neutral, then turn the ignition switch on.

4 Press the mirror DIP / memory store button (1, 2 or 3) within five seconds. (Two audible chimes are generated

when a new memory position has been stored.)

5 Place the transmission selector in reverse and wait for the passenger's mirror to be returned from the DIP angle to

complete saving the mirror position into memory, refer to Using the Exterior Mirrors.

Using the Exterior Mirrors

The right exterior mirror and left exterior mirror can be adjusted using the rear-view mirror switch on the driver’s door

armrest when the ignition is on.

To operate the right exterior mirror or left exterior mirror:

1 Turn on the ignition switch.

2 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the position to control the right or left exterior mirror.

3 Press the rear-view mirror switch in one of the directions indicated by one of the moulded 'dots' on the edge of the

rear-view mirror switch to move the mirror up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the DIP View

To change the mirror dip position and save it in memory:

1 Turn the ignition switch on.

2 Place the transmission selector in reverse.

3 Ensure the DIP angle is switched on; the left exterior mirror moves to the current DIP position.

4 Adjust the left exterior mirror using the eight-way front seat adjustment switch.

5 Place the transmission selector out of reverse.

6 Press the mirror DIP button, then the desired memory store button (1, 2 or 3) to save the mirror dip position into

memory.

For further information, refer to the WK Series Owner's Handbook.

Toggle DIP Function On / Off

When the mirror DIP function is activated, the left exterior mirror moves to the position set, typically enabling the driver to

see the kerb more clearly. If activated, the DIP function is operational when the ignition is on and the transmission

se lector placed in re vers e.

To toggle between the dip view and normal view, press the mirror DIP / memory store button:

• When the DIP function is turned on, two audible chimes are generated.

• When the DIP function is turned off, one audible chime is generated.

For further information, refer to the WK Series Owner's Handbook.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–17

Page 1A7–17

Acti ve Head Restrai nts

The front seats fitted to Level 4 and 5 vehicles feature active head restraints. During a rear-end collision, active head

restraints are designed to move upward and forward to support the occupant's head and reduce neck injuries.

The impact force from the collision pushes the vehicle (and

seat) forward. As the vehicle moves forward at a speed

greater than the occupant’s body can react to, the body is

moved into the seat (A) pushing on the active head restraint

support strap (1).

Due to the pivoting of the active head restraint frame (2), the

frame along with the head restraint moves upward and

forward, supporting and li miting rearward travel of the

occupant's head.

Figure 1A7 – 5

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–18

Page 1A7–18

1.2 Rear Seat General Description

Eight Types of rear seat assemblies are fitted to MY 2004 WK Series vehicles, and depending on vehicle Model Level

feature:

• The option of a two or three passenger rear seat cushion for Level 5,

• A first aid kit pouch in the right-hand rear seat-back assembly, Levels 4 and 5,

• Centre arm rest with deposit box and cup holder, Levels 4 and 5,

• Standard leather trim for Levels 3 and 5 and optional for Levels 2 and 4,

• Centre head restraint for Levels 3 – 5.

Seat Covers

Three seat cover constru cti on meth ods are use d for the rear seat assem bli es:

• Surebond

• Hook and Loop

• Conventional Pull-down

Surebond

Surebond rear seat assemblies are fitted to Level 1 vehicles and have cloth covers that are not serviced separately, as

they are glued to the rear seat cushion and seat-back pads.

Hook and loop

Hook and loop rear seat assemblies are fitted to Level 3 vehicles are fully serviced. They are attached to the rear seat

cushion and seat-back pads using a hook and loop system.

Conventional pull-down

Conventional pull-down rear seat assemblies are fitted to Level 2, 4 and 5 vehicles. Retainer wires are fitted within

casings that are part of the rear seat covers. Hog rings are then used to attach the covers to wires that are moulded

within the cushion or seat-back pads.

For all vehicles, the rear seat cushion frame is serviceable and attaches to the cushion cover retainer wires with hog

rings. The rear seat-back assemblies have the frame moulded as part of the rear seat-back cushion pad and if a

replacement of either part is required, the pad and frame need to be replaced as an assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–19

Page 1A7–19

2 Service Operations – Front Seat,

Level 1 and 3

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart

NOTE

Running changes to the front seat assemblies

fitted to Level 1 and 3 vehicles occurred during

production. Front seat assemblies fitted to the

M 2004 W K prior to this change are referred to as

"early type" Level 1 and 3.

How To Use This Chart

For early type Level 1 and 3 vehicles, six front seat configurations are fitted. The following usage chart is provided to help

determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repairs being performed as the failed/damaged part

may not be serviceable. For Level 2, 4 and 5 and late type Level 1 and 3 vehicles refer to 4 Service Operations – Front

Seat, Level 2, 4 and 5.

To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover

fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the chart will lead to the

elimination of all other seat combinations, allowing the identification of the type and the construction of the seat. Finally,

refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.

1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification. For Model Level definitions refer to Section 0A General Information.

2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.

3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.

4 Movement – Indicates the number of electric movement functions of the seat:

• Four-way – Seat cushion front raise/lower and rear raise/lower,

• Six-way – As Four-way plus seat fore/aft,

• Eight-way – As Six-way plus seat-back recline.

5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.

6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.

7 Construction – Surebond refers to the seat cover being glued to the seat pad and only serviced as a cover and

pad assembly. Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type material

and both being serviced as separate parts.

8 Head Restraint – Indicates whether fixed or active head restraints are fitted.

9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a

breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.

Gulf States

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Cloth Six-way No No Surebond Fixed 1

(Figure 1A7 – 6)

Passenger Cloth Four-way No No Surebond Fixed 2

(Figure 1A7 – 7)

Driver Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond Fixed 3

(Figure 1A7 – 8)

Early Type

Caprice LS

and Level 1

Passenger Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond Fixed 4

(Figure 1A7 – 9)

Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 5

(Figure 1A7 – 10)

Early Type

Caprice SS

and Level 3 Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 6

(Figure 1A7 – 11)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–20

Page 1A7–20

Front Seat Type 1

Figure 1A7 – 6

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch – Six-w a y

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Recline Adjuster Knob

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster

20 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

21 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

22 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

23 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

24 Wiring Harness Assembly

25 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

26 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

27 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–21

Page 1A7–21

Front Seat Type 2

Figure 1A7 – 7

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Recline Adjuster Knob

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster

20 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

21 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

22 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

23 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

24 Wiring Harness Assembly

25 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

26 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–22

Page 1A7–22

Front Seat Type 3

Figure 1A7 – 8

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

17 Lumbar Support Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Adjuster

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

20 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

21 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

22 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

23 Wiring Harness Assembly

24 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

25 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

26 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–23

Page 1A7–23

Front Seat Type 4

Figure 1A7 – 9

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

17 Lumbar Support Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Adjuster

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

20 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

21 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

22 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

23 Wiring Harness Assembly

24 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

25 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–24

Page 1A7–24

Front Seat Type 5

Figure 1A7 – 10

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–25

Page 1A7–25

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster

20 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

23 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

24 Front Seat Cushion Pad

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

28 Wiring Harness Assembly

29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

30 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

31 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–26

Page 1A7–26

Front Seat Type 6

Figure 1A7 – 11

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–27

Page 1A7–27

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Lumbar Support Adjuster

20 Lumbar Support Adjuster Cable

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

23 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

24 Front Seat Cushion Pad

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

28 Wiring Harness Assembly

29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

30 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–28

Page 1A7–28

2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).

2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire

extinguisher mounting bracket (4) to the track and

height adjust assembly.

3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and

height adjust assembly. If required remove the bracket

from the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 12

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Fire extinguisher mounting bracket

attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 15.0 – 20.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–29

Page 1A7–29

2.3 Front Seat Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Before performing any service operation on a

front seat assembly fitted with side impact

airbags, ensure the occupant protection

system is disabled, refer to Section 12M

Occupant Protection System.

NOTE

If the seat assembly is to be disass embled, adjust

the seat assembly to its highest position before

disconnecting the power to the seat.

NOTE

Clean hands are essential when working on the

interior trim.

Remove

Disconnection of the battery affects certain

vehicle electronic systems. Refer to Section

00, 5. Battery Disconnection Procedures

before disconnecting the battery.

1 Disconnect the battery.

2 For the driver’s seat on left-hand drive vehicles, remove the fire extinguisher assembly, refer to

2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly.

3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the

join to separate the front seat outer front cov er (1) and

the front seat outer rear cover (2).

4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengage

from the side sill trim.

5 Pull the covers apart and remove the covers.

Figure 1A7 – 13

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–30

Page 1A7–30

6 Disconnect the body wiring harness connector (1),

seatbelt pretens ioner wiring co nnec tor (2) and the side

impact airbag wiring connector (3), if fitted.

Figure 1A7 – 14

7 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7 – 15

8 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7 – 16

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–31

Page 1A7–31

9 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to

the vehicle.

10 Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Figure 1A7 – 17

Reinstall

Reinstall atio n of the front seat ass emb ly is the reverse of the remov al proc edur e, noting the follow ing:

1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.

2 Install the four screws attaching the front seat.

3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat assembly attac hing screw

torque specification ................................ 35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and if fitted, the side impact

airbag connector.

5 Align each front seat inner cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.

6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover down to engage the cover wi th the front of the seat rail.

7 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operation, also check that the

seat wiring harnesses do not foul with any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).

8 If the seat is fitted with a side impact airbag, switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the

instrument cluster.

• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator should illuminate for approximately five seconds while the

system performs a self-test, and then go off.

• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indicator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after

approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag Fault’ is also displayed in the instrument

cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to Section 12M, 4 Diagnostics.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–32

Page 1A7–32

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

1 Raise the seat.

2 From under the front of the seat, remove the screw (1)

attaching the front seat outer si de cover (2).

3 For Type 1 and 2 seats, remove the recliner knob (3).

4 Remove the plug (4) by rotating the plug anti-

clockwise, one quarter of a turn.

5 Remove the screw (5) located behind the plug.

6 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze the

two retaining tangs (6) together, (two places) on the

inner side of the cover while gently pulling the cover

away from the seat.

7 Gently pull the outer cover away from the seat-back

recliner to disengage the two clips (7) attached to the

swat-back frame assembly.

NOTE

Only remove the outer cover far enough away

from the seat cushion assembly to gain access

to the seat wiring harness connectors.

Figure 1A7 – 18

8 Disconnect the front seat adj u stme nt switch conne ctor

(1).

9 For Type 3 – 6 seats, also remove the recline motor

assembly connector (2).

10 Unclip the wiring harness as required and remove the

cover.

Figure 1A7 – 19

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–33

Page 1A7–33

Disassemble

Front Seat Adjustment Switch, Front Seat Type 1 and 2

Remove

1 Remove the adjustment knob (1) from the front seat

adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising it free with a

small flat blade screwdriver wrapped in a clean shop

rag.

Figure 1A7 – 20

2 Using a small flat blade screwdriver, gently prise the

front seat adjustmen t sw itch (1 ) from the outer side

cover.

Figure 1A7 – 21

Reinstall

Reinstall the front seat adjustment switch ensuring it is clipped securely in place. Push the knob in until it clicks in pl ace.

Front Seat Adjustment Switch, Front Seat Type 3 – 6

Remove

1 Remove the two adjustment knobs (1) from the front

seat adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them

free with a small flat blade screwdriver wrapped in a

clean shop rag.

Figure 1A7 – 22

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–34

Page 1A7–34

2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat

adjustment switch (2) to the outer side cover.

3 Remove the adjustment switch.

Figure 1A7 – 23

Reinstall

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat adjust ment sw itch

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat outer side cover att achi ng

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–35

Page 1A7–35

2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

LT Section No. – 14-322

As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner

side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the

cover.

Figure 1A7 – 24

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.

Front seat inner side cover att achi ng

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–36

Page 1A7–36

2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Co ver Assembly

and Lumbar Support Knob Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

The following component will require

replacement when performing this operation.

• Front seat back rear cover retaining clip,

two places

As required, remove the front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear cover

(1) away from the seat-back (2), breaking the lower

retaining clip (3), two places.

Figure 1A7 – 25

2 Pull the edge of the front seat-back rear cover (1),

forward of the lumbar support adjuster knob (2),

outward to disengage the lumber support knob.

Figure 1A7 – 26

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–37

Page 1A7–37

3 While holding the side of the front seat-back rear cover

(1) out, pull the cover down to release the upper

retainers (2), two places.

4 Remove the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 27

Disassemble

Lumbar Support Knob and Deflector Ring

Remove

1 Remove the lumbar support knob (1) from the front

seat-back rear cover (2) by spreading the retaining clip

(3) and withdrawing the lumbar support knob.

Figure 1A7 – 28

2 Remove the retaining clip (1) by pulling it from the

lumber support deflector ring (2).

Figure 1A7 – 29

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–38

Page 1A7–38

3 Rotate the lumber support deflector ring (1)

approximately 90° clockwise and remove from the

front seat-back rear cover.

Figure 1A7 – 30

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar support knob and deflector ring is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Align the narrow tab (1) on the lumber support

deflector ring (2) with the narrow key-way (3) in the

front seat-back rear cover (4).

2 Insert the ring into the cover and rotate approximately

90° anti-clockwise until locked in place.

Figure 1A7 – 31

Front Seat-back Map Pocket

Remove

When performing Step 1, take care when

removing the retaining clips not to break the

rear cover pocket shafts on which the clips

are attached.

1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear cover

(3), refer to Figure 1A7 – 32.

2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.

3 Remove the map pocket.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–39

Page 1A7–39

Figure 1A7 – 32

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back map pocket is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back map poc ket

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front

seat-back rear cover (2), two places .

Figure 1A7 – 33

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–40

Page 1A7–40

2 Pull the side of the front seat-back rear cover (1) out

and align the splines of the lumber support knob (2)

with the splines on the lumbar support adjuster (3).

3 Push the lumber support adjuster knob onto the

lumbar support shaft.

4 Push the seat-back cover into the seat-back to engage

the two lower retaining clips.

Figure 1A7 – 34

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–41

Page 1A7–41

2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Remove

1 Raise the head restraint (1) to the first stop position.

2 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster lock

(2) and raise the head restraint to the upper stop

position.

Figure 1A7 – 35

3 Manufacture a suitable size probe and insert into the

hole (1) in the left-hand head restraint sleeve (2).

4 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward

pressure on the head restraint and remove the head

restraint completely out of the sleeve.

Figure 1A7 – 36

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–42

Page 1A7–42

Disassemble

1 Disengage the front head restraint cove r J-strip by

pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the

direction shown.

Figure 1A7 – 37

2 Remove the staples(1), two places, retaining the cover

(2) to the head restraint pad assembly.

3 Remove the cover from the pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 38

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the head restraint cover J-clip is fully engaged.

Reinstall

Ensuring correct orientation of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sleeves and push the head restraint

down.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–43

Page 1A7–43

2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly and Lumber Support Knob

Assembly.

2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

Remove

1 From the rear of the front seat-back (1), squeeze the

locking prongs of the head restraint sleeve (2) together

while pulling the top of the sleeve out of seat-back

assembly.

2 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7 – 39

Reinstall

1 When installing the head restr aint sleeve (1), align the

locating ribs (2) with the key-way (3) in the seat-back

frame.

NOTE

Ensure the guide with the height adjuster lock is

installed on the side that corresponds to the

notches in the head restraint shaft.

2 Push the sleeve in firmly.

3 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7 – 40

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–44

Page 1A7–44

2.9 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side Cover A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly and Lumber Support Knob

Assembly.

4 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

5 Remove the front seat head restraint sleeves, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

Remove

1 Remove the front seat-back pad and cover assembly

(1) by disengaging the J-strip (2), four places, from the

seat-back frame.

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the

seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back

components such as the side impact airbag assembly

and front seat dummy block insert assembly, where

fitted.

Figure 1A7 – 41

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–45

Page 1A7–45

Disassemble

NOTE

The following procedure only applies to

vehicles fitted with Type 5 and 6 seats, refer to

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart. Type 1 – 4 seat-

back cover and pad assemblies cannot be

disassembled.

1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cover (1) over

the seat-back pad (2).

Figure 1A74 – 42

2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the

lower corners of the seat-back cover (2), upwards and

away from the pad to disengage the hook and loop

strips (3).

3 Pull the cover up and over the upper edge of the pad

and remove.

Figure 1A7 – 43

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–46

Page 1A7–46

Reassemble

1 With the front seat-back cover (1) folded at the central

horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align the centre

mark (3) on the cover with the centre mark (4) on the

front seat-back pad.

2 Press the cover firmly into the corresponding groove in

the pad to engage the hook and loop.

Figure 1A7 – 44

3 With the fr ont seat- bac k cov er folde d at the two

vertical strips of the hook and loop, press the cover

firmly into the corresponding grooves in the seat-back

pad.

Figure 1A7 – 45

4 Roll the upper corners of the front seat-back cover

over the front seat-back pad.

5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.

6 Roll the lower corners of the cover over the seat-back

pad.

NOTE

Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into

all corners and contours of the seat pad.

Figure 1A7 – 46

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–47

Page 1A7–47

2.10 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

When carrying a live (undeployed) side

impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back

frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)

side impact airbag assembly, ensure the

airbag opening is pointed away from you.

Never carry the side impact airbag assembly

or seat-back frame assembly fitted with a side

impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring

harness or connectors. In case of an

accidental deployment, the airbag will then

deploy with minimal chance of injury.

When placing a live side impact airbag

assembly or a front seat-back frame assembly

fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag

assembly on a bench or other surface, always

face the airbag opening up, away from the

surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or

seat-back frame with the airbag opening face

down. This is necessary so that a free space

is provided to allow the airbag to expand in

the unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

Remove

1 Where fitted, unclip the side impact airbag wiring

harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the

cable tie (3) securing the harness to the front seat

cushion frame assembly.

2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track

and height adjust assembly (5).

Figure 1A7 – 47

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–48

Page 1A7–48

3 Remove the screw (1), two places each side, attaching

the front seat-back assembly (2) to the seat cushion

frame assembly (3).

4 Remove the front seat-back assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 48

Disassemble

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly and Lumber Support Knob

Assembly.

2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

3 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

4 Front seat-back pad and cover assembly, refer to 2.9 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.

Lumbar Support and Adjuster Assembly

Remove

1 From the rear of the front seat-back frame (1),

disengage the clip (2) securing the lumbar support

adjuster cable (3). Squeeze the tangs on the tie clip

together and push the clip through the seat-back

frame.

Figure 1A7 – 49

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–49

Page 1A7–49

2 Slightly compress the lum bar s upport as se mbly (1) by

hand to release the cable (2) tension, disengaging the

cable from the top of the lumbar support assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 50

3 Push down on the top of the lumbar support assembly

(1) to disengage the two retainers (2) from the guide

rails (3), allowing the lumbar s upport as se mbly to

swing freely.

Figure 1A7 – 51

4 Unclip the lower cable retainer (1) from the lower

lumbar bracket (2).

Figure 1A7 – 52

5 Lower the lumbar support assembly (1) until it

becomes disengaged from the seat back frame

assembly (2).

6 Remove the lumbar support assembly

Figure 1A7 – 53

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–50

Page 1A7–50

7 Remove the adjusting cable (1) from the lumbar

support adjuster (2) by unclipping the outer casing (3)

of the cable from the adjuster and remov e the cabl e.

8 If required, remove the two screws (4) attaching the

lumbar support adjuster to the seat-back frame (5) and

remove the adjuster.

Figure 1A7 – 54

Reins tal l

Reinstallation of the lumbar support and adjuster assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Align the hole in the lumbar support adjuster for the adjusting cable ball by turning the adjuster, insert the cable into

the adjuster and push the outer casing of the cable into the locking seat of the adjuster until it clicks in place.

NOTE

On the left-hand seat, the cable fits into the

adjuster from the under-side. On the right-hand

seat, the cable fits into the adjuster from the top.

2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Lumbar support adjuster attaching

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Side Impact Airbag Assembly

Remove

1 As required, unclip the pigtail wiring harness (1) from

the retaining clip (2) and cut the two cable ties (3),

securing the harness to the front seat cushion fram e

assembly, taking care not to damage the wiring

harness.

2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track

and height adjust assembly (5).

Figure 1A7 – 55

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–51

Page 1A7–51

3 Remove the nut (1), two places, attaching the side

impact airbag assembly (2) to the front seat-back

frame (3).

4 Remove airbag assembly and pigtail wiring harness

assembly from front seat-back frame.

Figure 1A4 – 56

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side impact airbag assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching nuts to the correct torque specification.

Side impact airbag assembly attaching

nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the nut (1), two places, attaching the front

seat dummy block insert assembly (2) to the seat-back

frame (3) and remove.

2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from

the dummy block insert.

Figure 1A7 – 57

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

1 Tighten the attaching nuts to the correct torque specification.

Front seat dummy block insert assembly

attaching nut torque specification............... 5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–52

Page 1A7–52

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back frame attaching

screw torque specification...................... 30.0 – 45.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–53

Page 1A7–53

2.11 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

The track and height adjust assembly

components are non-serviceable. If the track

and height adjust assembly, drive motors or

drive shafts require replacement, the entire

track and height adjust assembly must be

replaced.

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.23 Fron t Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

Remove

1 From under the front seat cushion, disconnect the

front seat cushion cover flap (1), by disengaging the J-

strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.

2 Detach the seatbelt pretensioner wiring harness from

the seat cushion frame.

Figure 1A7 – 58

3 Remove the nut (1), four places, attaching the track

and height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.

4 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.

5 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, refer to Section 12M ,

2 Service Operations – Seatbelts.

Figure 1A7 – 59

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–54

Page 1A7–54

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .

2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Track and height adjust assembly

attaching nut torque specification........... 24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–55

Page 1A7–55

2.12 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Font seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2 .10 F ront Seat-back Frame Assembl y.

Remove

1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front

and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly away from the seat

frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).

3 Remove the cover and pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 60

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–56

Page 1A7–56

Disassemble

NOTE

The following procedure only applies to

vehicles fitted with Type 5 and 6 seats, refer to

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart. Type 1 – 4 seat

cushion cover and pad assemblies cannot be

disassembled.

1 Fold the rear corners of the front seat cushion cover

(1) over the seat cushion pad (2).

Figure 1A7 – 61

2 While holding the front seat cushion pad (1), pull the

rear corners of the seat cushion cover (2) forward and

away from the front seat cushion pad to disengage the

hook and loop strips (3).

3 Pull the front seat cover up and over the forward edge

of the front seat cushion pad and remove.

Figure 1A7 – 62

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–57

Page 1A7–57

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat cushion is the reverse of the disassembly procedure noting the following:

1 Align either of the outer hook and loop strips (1) and

the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the

seat cushion cover (3), with the seat cushion pad (4).

2 Press the folded edge of the rear seat cushion cover

firmly into the corresponding groove in the seat

cushion pad to engage the hook and loop strip.

Figure 1A7 – 63

3 Continue aligning and pressing the outer hook and

loop strips (1) on the seat cushion cover (2), wi th the

corresponding groove in the seat cushion pad (3).

Figure 1A7 – 64

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–58

Page 1A7–58

4 Roll the front corners of the front seat cushion cover

over the seat cushion pad.

5 Roll the sides of the seat cushion cover over the seat

cu shion pad.

6 Roll the rear corners of the seat cushion cover over

the seat cushion pad.

Do not pull the cover onto the pad from

underneath using the J-strip to make it fit

neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.

NOTE

Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the seat cover.

Figure 1A7 – 65

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–59

Page 1A7–59

2.13 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 2.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2 .10 F ront Seat-back Frame Assembl y.

5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 2.11 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 2.12 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.

Disassemble

1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp

with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one

end, approximately 40mm long and with a 2mm

diameter pin (3) approximately 20mm long welded to

the other end.

2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far

enough to allow for the retaining springs to be

removed from the seat cush io n frame.

3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspension

mat.

When using the G-clamp, use existing holes

in the suspension mat to ensure that mat

deformation does not occur.

Figure 1A7 – 66

Reassemble

Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of removal, noting the following:

1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to Section 120, Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–60

Page 1A7–60

2.14 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies

The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-servic eable items.

If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to

2.11 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–61

Page 1A7–61

2.15 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor

Assembly

The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat fore/aft movement motor assembly or drive sh afts require replacem ent, the track and height adjust

assembly must be replaced, refer to 2.11 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–62

Page 1A7–62

2.16 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembl y

The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assembly must be

replaced, refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back Frame Asse mbly .

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–63

Page 1A7–63

3 Diagnostics – Front Seat,

Level 1 and 3

This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repair of front seats. Refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart,

Level 1 and 3, for a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to vehicles. Included in that Section are illustrated parts

breakdowns of the various seats.

3.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any of the Steps in the diagnosis charts, ensure that fingers and limbs are clear of

moving parts.

Equipment

The followi ng equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.

2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impedance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to when performing diagnostic testing on components:

1 Care must be taken when using testing equipment to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It is preferred that the

technician bac k probe the connector to avoid terminal dama ge.

2 When tests are required on connector terminals, utilise the adapters in the connector adaptor kit KM–609 to

prevent damage to the terminals.

3 Unless the multimeter being us ed has an auto-ranging function, ensure that the correct range is selected.

4 When back-probing connectors, ensure the test lamp ground lead is connected to a suitable ground point on the

vehicle. Ensure that this ground point is not part of the circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the Steps in the diagnosis charts,

the exact order of Steps should be observed. If

the required nominal value or result is not

achieved at any stage, the problem must be

rectified before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–64

Page 1A7–64

3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks

and worn splines.

2 Checks that the lumbar support adjuster is not damaged or worn and that there is correct operation of the adjuster

when the splined shaft is turned throughout its range.

3 Checks that the lumbar support adjuster cable is not broken or binding and is not inhibiting the movement and

travel of the lumbar support as sembly .

4 Checks that the lumbar support assembly is not cracked or bent. If this is the case, it may cause the assembly to

deform and bind on the guide rails.

5 Checks that the guide rails are not cracked or bent. If this is the case, they may cause the lumbar support assembly

to bind.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to

2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly

and Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the knob.

Refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back

Rear Cover Assembly and

Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

2 1 Remove the front seat-back rear cover

assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back

Rear Cover Assembly and Lumbar Support

Knob Assembly.

2 Disconnect the lumbar support adjuster

cable from the adjuster, refer to 2.10

Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

3 Turn the adjuster and check for correct

operation.

Is the lumbar support adjuster serviceable?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the lumbar support

adjuster.

Refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support

adjuster cable.

Is the lumbar support adjuster cable

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the lumbar support

adjuster cab le.

Refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

4 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support

assembly.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable? Go to Step 5.

Replace the lumbar support

assembly.

Refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

5 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support

assembly guide rails.

Are the lumbar support assembly guide rails

serviceable?

System servic eabl e.

Replace the front seat-back

frame assembly .

Refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–65

Page 1A7–65

Four-way/Six-way Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the seat assembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that the recliner knob is properly engaging the recliner shaft. Check the knob for cracks and worn splines.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the recliner kn ob, refer to

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

Assembly.

Is the recliner knob serviceable?

Replace the front seat-back

frame assembly .

Refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back

Frame Assembly.

Replace the recliner knob.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Four-way Seat Fore/Aft M ovement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the seat being inoperative

or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

2 Checks that the guide rails have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation for the seat.

3 Checks that the linkage assembly between the adjustment lever and lock ing tangs is not worn or damaged. The

locking tangs must disengage from the guide rails before the seat will move.

4 Checks that the guide rails have not been damaged. Any binding between the inner and outer guide rails will result

in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 2. Remove the obstructing item.

2 Are the guide rails adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 3.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide) to the rails.

3 Do the locking tangs disengage the guide rails

when the seat fore and aft adjustment lever is

raised to its full movement? Go to Step 4.

Replace the front seat track

and height adjust assembly.

Refer to 2.11 Track and

Height Adjust Assembly.

4 Do the guide rails bind at any point of travel

during the fore and aft movements of the seat? Replace the front seat track

and height adjust assembly.

Refer to 2.11 Track and

Height Adjust Assembly.

System servic eabl e.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–66

Page 1A7–66

3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way/Six-way

Seat

The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on four-way and six-way seat

assemblies. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat and Connector

Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–67

Page 1A7–67

Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat

Figure 1A7 – 67

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–68

Page 1A7–68

Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat

Figure 1A7 – 68

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–69

Page 1A7–69

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates

when either seat adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate

correctly.

2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.

Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is be tween the battery

and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin 3 or

X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.

6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

circuit breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

fusible link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at

each point.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section

12A, 2.9 Battery.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12A, 2.9

Battery for further diagnosis.

2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section

12O, 2.2 Circuit Breakers.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit breaker to

reset, refer to Section 12O,

2.2 Circuit Breakers. Go to Step 3.

3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section

12O, 2.3 Fusible Links.

Is fuse F105 serviceable? Go to Step 4. Replace the fusible link.

4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the connector is

secure.

5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the

passenger comp artm ent fus e and relay

panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X129 - X4 5 – 2. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 540

between circ uit breaker F2 and

connector X200 pin 19.

Repair or replace circuit 540.

Go to Step 7.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–70

Page 1A7–70

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X18-105. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 342

between fusible link F105 and

circuit breaker F2.

Repair or replace circuit 342.

There is a fault in circuit 1

between the battery and

fusible link F105.

Repair or replace circuit 1.

8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are

secure and have good contact with the

vehicle structure:

• X118–GP12 located in the middle of

the transmission tunnel.

• X118–GP13 located in the rear

compartment on the right-hand side

tail lamp stud.

• X118–GP14 located on the rear

compartment lid .

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further

details of ground ing poi nts.

Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle

with a good contact?

There is a fault in circuit 650.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

Ensure that the connectors are

secured to the vehicle and that

there is a good contact

between the conne ctor and th e

vehicle.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–71

Page 1A7–71

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch

functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the passenger's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

driver’s seat only .

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S50 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors S50 – X1 pin 7 and X308 pin 3.

5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

5 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S50 – X1 pin 6 and X308 pin 1 which supplies the ground

circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X308 pin 1 or between connector X308 pin 1 and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 3 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S50

• X308

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S50 – X1 pin 7 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 7 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.5 Six-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 1 with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X308 pin 1

and ground points X118-GP12,

X118–GP13 and X118–GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 6 and X308 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–72

Page 1A7–72

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver's seat not raising and/or

lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether

there is a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver's seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the six directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S50

• Y67

• Y69

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver's seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver's adjustment switch, refer to

3.5 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver's seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver's seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

5 1 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the front of the seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–73

Page 1A7–73

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 282

between connectors S50 – X1

pin 2 and Y69 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 282.

7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 283

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 3 and

Y69 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 283.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 286

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 1 and

Y67 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 286.

9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch

to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 287

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 4 and

Y67 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 287.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–74

Page 1A7–74

Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t M ovement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the six directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 2.11 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S50

• Y64

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.5 Six-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–75

Page 1A7–75

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 285

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 8 and

Y64 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 285.

8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to 2.15

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 284

between connectors

S50 – X1 pin 5 and

Y64 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 284.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–76

Page 1A7–76

None of the Passenger's Seat Adjust ment Sw itch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger's seat adjustment switch when none of the

switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger's seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the driver's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

passenger' s seat only .

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S175 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors S175 – X1 pin 7 and X302 pin B.

5 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S175 – X1 pin 6 and X302 pin A which supplies the ground

circuit for the passenger's seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch

and connector X302 pin A or between connector X302 pin A and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the driver's seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin B with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S175

• X302

• Y84

• Y86

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S175 – X1 pin 7 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 7 and

X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's seat adjustment

switch, refer to 3.4 Four-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the passenger's seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–77

Page 1A7–77

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin A with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X302 pin A

and ground points X118-GP12,

X118–GP13 and X118–GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 6 and

X302 pin A.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–78

Page 1A7–78

Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger's seat not raising

and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates

whether there is a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the pas seng er's seat adj ustm ent switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the four

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger's Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S175

• Y84

• Y86

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's adjustment switch,

refer to 3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger's seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–79

Page 1A7–79

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the front of the

seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?

System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 288

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 3 and

Y86 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 288.

7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front

Seat Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 289

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 2 and

Y86 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or replace circuit 289.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 297

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 4 and

Y84 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 297.

9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment

switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front

Seat Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 298

between connectors

S175 – X1 pin 1 and

Y84 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 298.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–80

Page 1A7–80

3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Sw itch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the four-way seat adju stment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the

chart in this Section. Place the probes of the

ohmmeter onto the terminals listed and take the

reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the

switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the four-way seat adjustment switch, refer to

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 69

Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Posi tion Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

Position A 3 and 7 Continuity

Position B 2 and 7 Continuity

Position C 4 and 7 Continuity

Position D 1 and 7 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3 or 4 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–81

Page 1A7–81

3.5 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the six-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the

chart in this Section. Place the probes of the

ohmmeter onto the terminals listed and take the

reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the

switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the six-way seat adjustment switch, refer to

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 70

Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Posi tion Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

Position A 2 and 7 Continuity

Position B 3 and 7 Continuity

Position C 1 and 7 Continuity

Position D 4 and 7 Continuity

Position E 8 and 7 Continuity

Position F 5 and 7 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–82

Page 1A7–82

3.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat

The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on eight-way seat assemblies. To aid

in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory and Connector Chart – Eight-

way Seat in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–83

Page 1A7–83

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat

Figure 1A7 – 71

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–84

Page 1A7–84

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat

Figure 1A7 – 72

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–85

Page 1A7–85

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates

when either seat adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate

correctly.

2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.

Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery

and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin 3 or

X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.

6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

circuit breaker F2 or circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

fusible link F105 or fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at

each point.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section

12A, 2.9 Battery.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12A,

2.9 Battery for further

diagnosis.

2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section

12O, 2.2 Circuit Breakers.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit breaker to

reset, refer to Section 12O,

2.2 Circuit Breakers. Go to Step 3.

3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section

12O, 2.3 Fusible Links.

Is fuse F105 serviceable? Go to Step 4. Replace the fusible link.

4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the connector is

secure.

5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the

passenger comp artm ent fus e and relay

panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X129 – X4 5 pin – 2. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 540

between circ uit breaker F2 and

connector X200 pin 19.

Repair or replace circuit 540.

Go to Step 7.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–86

Page 1A7–86

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X18-105. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 342

between fusible link F105 and

circuit breaker F2.

Repair or replace circuit 342.

There is a fa ult in circ uit 1

between the battery and

fusible link F105.

Repair or replace circuit 1.

8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are

secure and have good contact with the

vehicle structure:

• X118–GP12 located in the middle of

the transmission tunnel.

• X118–GP13 located in the rear

compartment on the right-hand side

tail lamp stud.

• X118–GP14 located on the rear

compartment lid .

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further

details of ground ing poi nts.

Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle

with a good contact?

There is a fault in circuit 650.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

Ensure that the connectors are

secured to the vehicle and that

there is a good contact

between the conne ctor and th e

vehicle.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–87

Page 1A7–87

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch

functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat functions wo rk. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

driver’s seat only .

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 540

between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin 3.

5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin 1 which supplies the ground

circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X308 pin 1 or between connector X308 pin 1 and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

re all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 3 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• X308

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–88

Page 1A7–88

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 1 with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X308 pin 1

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and X118–

GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–89

Page 1A7–89

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or

lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power

and ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y67

• Y69

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–90

Page 1A7–90

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the front of the seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 282

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 8 and

Y69 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 282.

7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 283

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 9 and

Y69 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 283.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 286

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 7 and

Y67 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 286.

9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 287

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 10 and

Y67 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 287.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–91

Page 1A7–91

Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the mo ving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 2.11 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y64

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–92

Page 1A7–92

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 285

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 6 and

Y64 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 285.

8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

2.15 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 284

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 3 and

Y64 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 284.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–93

Page 1A7–93

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The

test diagnoses the seat adjus t ment switch and the motor circ uits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y74

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-back f orw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 276

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 2 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 276.

5 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-ba ck aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.16 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 277

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 4 and

Y74 - X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 277.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–94

Page 1A7–94

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the

switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

passenger’s seat only.

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X302 pin B.

5 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin A which supplies the ground

circuit for the passenger’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch

and connector X302 pin A or between connector X302 pin A and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the driver’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin B with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin

19 and X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• X302

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 5 and

X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–95

Page 1A7–95

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin A with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X302 pin A

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and X118–

GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 1 and

X302 pin A.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–96

Page 1A7–96

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising

and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether the

power and ground circui ts are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to th e motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y84

• Y86

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–97

Page 1A7–97

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the front of the

seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?

System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 288

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 9 and

Y86 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 288.

7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 289

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 8 and

Y86 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 289.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 297

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 10 and

Y84 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or replace circuit 297.

9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 2.14 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 298

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 7 and

Y84 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 298.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–98

Page 1A7–98

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 2.11 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y81

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–99

Page 1A7–99

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat forw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 296

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 6 and

Y81 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 296.

8 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

2.15 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 290

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 3 and

Y81 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 290.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–100

Page 1A7–100

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct i on is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the passenger’s seat being inoperative.

The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y91

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 3.7 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 76

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 2 and

Y91 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or replace circuit 76.

5 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat- bac k aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.16 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 77

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 4 and

Y91 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or replace circuit 77.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–101

Page 1A7–101

3.7 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the ohmmeter onto the

terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 73

Legend

Left-hand Switch

Right-hand Switc h

Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Posi tion Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

Position A 10 and 5 Continuity

Position B 7 and 5 Continuity

Position C 9 and 5 Continuity

Position D 8 and 5 Continuity

Position E 6 and 5 Continuity

Position F 3 and 5 Continuity

Position G 2 and 5 Continuity

Position H 4 and 5 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 1 and either 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–102

Page 1A7–102

4 Service Operations – Front Seat,

Level 2, 4 and 5

4.1 Front Seat Usage Chart

NOTE

Running changes to the front seat assemblies

fitted to Level 1 and 3 vehicles occurred during

production. Front seat assemblies fitted to the

M 2004 W K Series after this change are referred

to as "late".

How To Use This Chart

For Level 2, 4 and 5 and late type Level 1 and 3, vehicles, 14 front seat configurations are fitted. The following us age

chart is provided to help determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repairs being performed as

the failed/damaged part may not be serviceable. For early type Level 1 and 3 vehicles refer to 2 Service Operations –

Front Seat, Leve l 1 and 3.

To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover

fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the chart will lead to the

elimination of all other seat combinations, allowing the identification of the type and the construction of the seat. Finally,

refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.

1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification. For Model Level definitions refer to Section 0A General Information.

2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.

3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.

4 Movement – Indicates the number of electric movement functions of the seat:

• Eight-way – Seat cushion front and rear raise/lower, seat fore/aft movement and seat-back recline.

5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.

6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.

7 Construction – Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type material

and both being serviced as separate parts.

8 Head Restraint – Indicates whether fixed or active head restraints are fitted.

9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a

breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.

Domestic

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Leather or

Cloth Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Active 9

(Figure 1A7 – 76)

Statesman

– Level 4

Passenger Leather or

Cloth Eight -way No Yes Hook & Loop Active 10

(Figure 1A7 – 77)

Driver Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Loop Active 11

(Figure 1A7 – 78)

Caprice

– Level 5

Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Active 12

(Figure 1A7 – 79)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–103

Page 1A7–103

Gulf States

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Leather or

Cloth Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 7

(Figure 1A7 – 74)

Caprice

LTZ

– Level 2 Passenger Leather or

Cloth Eight -way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 8

(Figure 1A7 – 75)

Driver Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Loop Active 13

(Figure 1A7 – 80)

Caprice

Royale

– Level 5 Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Active 14

(Figure 1A7 – 81)

Driver Cloth Six-way No No Surebond Fixed 15

(Figure 1A7 – 82)

Passenger Cloth Four-way No No Surebond Fixed 16

(Figure 1A7 – 83)

Driver Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond Fixed 17

(Figure 1A7 – 84)

Late Type

Caprice LS

and Level 1

Passenger Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond Fixed 18

(Figure 1A7 – 85)

Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 19

(Figure 1A7 – 86)

Late Type

Caprice SS

and Level 3 Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Fixed 20

(Figure 1A7 – 87)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–104

Page 1A7–104

Front Seat Type 7

Figure 1A7 – 74

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–105

Page 1A7–105

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cl oth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leat her Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

29 Front Seat Cushion Clot h Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

38 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–106

Page 1A7–106

Front Seat Type 8

Figure 1A7 – 75

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–107

Page 1A7–107

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cl oth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leat her Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

29 Front Seat Cushion Clot h Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–108

Page 1A7–108

Front Seat Type 9

Figure 1A7 – 76

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–109

Page 1A7–109

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cl oth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leat her Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

30 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

31 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

32 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

33 Front Seat Cushion Clot h Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

35 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

38 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

39 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

40 Wiring Harness Assembly

41 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–110

Page 1A7–110

Front Seat Type 10

Figure 1A7 – 77

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–111

Page 1A7–111

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cl oth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leat her Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block u-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

30 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

31 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

32 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

33 Front Seat Cushion Clot h Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

35 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

38 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

39 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

40 Wiring Harness Assembly

41 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–112

Page 1A7–112

Front Seat Type 11

Figure 1A7 – 78

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–113

Page 1A7–113

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Memory Posi tion Switc h Cover

9 Memory Po sition Switch Assembly

10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly*

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Cover

17 Front Seat-back Cover

18 Front Seat-back Pad

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

30 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

31 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

32 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

33 Front Seat Cushion Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Pad

35 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

36 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

37 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

38 Wiring Harness Assembly

39 Seat Memory Module

40 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

41 Rear Seat Entertainment Lower Wiring Harness Assembly

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 88 for the front head restraint assembly components.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–114

Page 1A7–114

Front Seat Type 12

Figure 1A7 – 79

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–115

Page 1A7–115

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly*

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Cover

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad Cover

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

27 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

30 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

31 Front Seat Cushion Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

38 Rear Seat Entertainment Lower Wiring Harness Assembly

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 88 for the front head restraint assembly components.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–116

Page 1A7–116

Front Seat Type 13

Figure 1A7 – 80

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–117

Page 1A7–117

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Memory Posi tion Switc h Cover

9 Memory Po sition Switch Assembly

10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly*

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Cover

17 Front Seat-back Cover

18 Front Seat-back Pad

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

30 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

31 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

32 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

33 Front Seat Cushion Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Pad

35 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

36 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

37 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

38 Wiring Harness Assembly

39 Seat Memory Module

40 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

41 Rear Seat Entertainment Lower Wiring Harness Assembly

42 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 88 for the front head restraint assembly components.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–118

Page 1A7–118

Front Seat Type 14

Figure 1A7 – 81

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–119

Page 1A7–119

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Ad ju s t ment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly*

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Cover

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad Cover

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Sleeves

27 Active Head Rest rai nt Fram e Assembly

28 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Support Strap

29 Active Head Rest rai nt Frame Retaining S pri ng

30 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

31 Front Seat Cushion Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

38 Rear Seat Entertainment Lower Wiring Harness Assembly

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 88 for the front head restraint assembly components.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–120

Page 1A7–120

Front Seat Type 15

Figure 1A7 – 82

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–121

Page 1A7–121

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Sea t Adju stment Switch – Six-w a y

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Recline Adjuster Knob

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clip

20 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

21 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

22 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

23 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

24 Wiring Harness Assembly

25 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

26 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

27 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

28 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

29 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–122

Page 1A7–122

Front Seat Type 16

Figure 1A7 – 83

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Recline Adjuster Knob

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Front Seat-back Cover retaining Clip

20 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

21 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

22 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

23 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

24 Wiring Harness Assembly

25 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

26 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

27 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

28 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–123

Page 1A7–123

Front Seat Type 17

Figure 1A7 – 84

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

17 Lumbar Support Assembly

18 Front Seat-back Cover retaining Clip

19 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

20 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

21 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

22 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

23 Wiring Harness Assembly

24 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

25 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

26 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

27 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

28 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–124

Page 1A7–124

Front Seat Type 18

Figure 1A7 – 85

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

17 Lumbar Support Assembly

18 Front Seat-back Cover retaining Clip

19 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

20 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad

21 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

22 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

23 Wiring Harness Assembly

24 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

25 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

26 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

27 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–125

Page 1A7–125

Front Seat Type 19

Figure 1A7 – 86

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–126

Page 1A7–126

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Front Seat-back Cover retaining Clip

20 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

23 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

24 Front Seat Cushion Pad

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

28 Wiring Harness Assembly

29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

30 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

31 Fire Extinguisher Mounti ng Bracket

32 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

27 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–127

Page 1A7–127

Front Seat Type 20

Figure 1A7 – 87

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–128

Page 1A7–128

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Lumbar Support Knob

10 Lumber Support Deflector Ring

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Assembly

19 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clip

20 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

23 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

24 Front Seat Cushion Pad

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Track and Height Adjust Assembl y

28 Wiring Harness Assembly

29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

30 Front Seat Adjustmen t Switch Knobs

32 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

27 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–129

Page 1A7–129

Front Seat Type 11 – 14 Head Restraint Assembly

Figure 1A7 – 88

Legend

1 Rear Seat Entert ainment Head Rest Esc utcheon Assembl y

2 Rear Seat Entert ainment Circuit Board

3 Rear Seat Entertainment Screen Bezel

4 Rear Seat Entert ainment Screen Assem bl y

5 Rear Seat Entert ainment Screen Pivot Hinge

6 Rear Seat Entert ainment Screen Mounting Pl at e

7 Rear Seat Entertainment Ribbon Harness

8 Rear Seat Entert ainment Upper Harnes s

9 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

10 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Frame

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Wiri ng Cover

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–130

Page 1A7–130

4.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).

2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire

extinguisher mounting bracket (4) to the track and

height adjust assembly.

3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and

height adjust assembly. If required remove the bracket

from the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 89

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Fire extinguisher mounting bracket

attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 15.0 – 20.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–131

Page 1A7–131

4.3 Front Seat Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Before performing any service operation on a

front seat assembly fitted with side impact

airbags, ensure the occupant protection

system is disabled, refer to Section 12M

Occupant Protection System.

NOTE

If the seat assembly is to be disass embled, adjust

the seat assembly to its highest position before

disconnecting the power to the seat.

NOTE

Clean hands are essential when working on the

interior trim.

Remove

Disconnection of the battery affects certain

vehicle electronic systems. Refer to Section

00, 5 Battery Disconnection Procedures

before disconnecting the battery.

1 Disconnect the battery.

2 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,

remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat outer

front cover (2).

3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the

oin to separate the front cover and the front seat outer

lower rear cover (3).

4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengage

from the side sill trim.

5 Pull the covers apart and remove the rear cover.

6 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles, slide

the front cover over the fuel filler door release lever (4)

and remove.

Figure 1A7 – 90

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–132

Page 1A7–132

7 Disconnect the body wiring harness connector (1), the

seatbelt pretens ioner wiring co nnec tor (2) and the side

impact airbag w iring con nect or (3).

8 On vehicles fitted with Type 11 – 14 front seats,

disconnect the rear seat entertainment lower wiring

harness from the front of the seat track.

Figure 1A7 – 91

9 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7 – 92

10 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7 – 93

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–133

Page 1A7–133

11 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to

the vehicle.

12 Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Figure 1A7 – 94

Reinstall

Reinstall atio n of the front seat ass emb ly is the reverse of the remov al proc edur e, noting the follow ing:

1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.

2 Install the four screws securing the front seat.

3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat assembly attac hing screw

torque specification ................................ 35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and the side impact airbag

connector.

5 Align the front seat outer cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.

6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover down to engage the cover wi th the front of the seat rail.

7 For the driver’s side on right-hand drive vehicles, install the front seat outer cover attaching screw and tighten to the

specified torque.

Front seat outer front cover attaching

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

8 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operation, also check that the

seat wiring harnesses do not foul wi th any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).

NOTE

Type 11 and 13 front seats will require seat

memory calibration to reinstate seat memory

functions, refer to Seat Memory Calibration, Front

Seat Type 11 and 13.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–134

Page 1A7–134

9 Switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster.

• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator should illuminate for approximately five seconds while the

system performs a self-test, and then go off.

• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indicator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after

approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag Fault’ is also displayed in the instrument

cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to Section 12M, 4 Diagnostics.

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11 and 13

Whenever power is interrupted to the seat memory module, the following procedure must be performed to reinstate seat

memory functions.

Step Operation Result

1 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

2 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move forward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

3 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

2 Operate the adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Seat will lower.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

4 1 Operate the seat adjustm ent switch to lower the

front of the seat.

2 Operate seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

5 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Seat will lower.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

6 1 Operate the seat adjustm ent switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–135

Page 1A7–135

7 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move forward.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

8 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move aft.

Hold switch until upper limit is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

9 Press the mirror dip/memory store (M) button for 1

second. Stores the calibration into memory. A three-

tone chime sounds to confir m stora ge.

To test that the seat limits have been correctly calibrated, perform the following:

Step Operation Result

1 Operate the seat adjustment switch in one direction

(fore/aft, raise/lower, etc.). Hold until seat stops.

2 Release the switch briefly. –

3 Operate the switch in the same direction and hold for 3

seconds. The motor will not operate for 2 seconds, then

operates for 0.5 second.

This is a limp-home function that allows the

seat to be manually adjusted should a sensor

fail.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–136

Page 1A7–136

4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

1 Raise the seat to the full-up position.

2 Remove the screw (1) from the front of the front seat

outer side cover (2).

3 If required, carefully prise the recliner knob (3) from

the seat assembly.

4 Remove the plug (4) by rotating the plug anti-

clockwise, one quarter of a turn.

4 Remove the screw (5) located behind the plug.

5 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze

together the two retaining tangs (6), on the inner side

of the side cover while gently pulling the cover.

6 Gently pull the side cover away from the seat to

disengage the two clips (7) attached to the seat-back

frame assembly .

NOTE

Only remove the side cover far enough away

from the seat cushion assembly to gain access

to the seat wiring harness connectors.

Figure 1A7 – 95

7 Disconnect the front seat adj u stme nt switch conne ctor

(1), recline motor harness connector (2) and where

fitted the memory position switch connector (3) and

unclip the harness from the side cover.

8 Remove the side cover.

Figure 1A7 – 96

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–137

Page 1A7–137

Disassemble

Front Seat A djustment Switch

Remove

1 Remove the two adjustment knobs (1) from the front

seat adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them

free with a small flat tip screwdriver wrapped in a

clean shop rag.

Figure 1A7 – 97

2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat

adjustment switch (2) to the front seat outer side

cover (3).

3 Remove the adjustment switch.

Figure 1A7 – 98

Reinstall

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat adjust ment sw itch

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–138

Page 1A7–138

Memory Position Switch Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) two places, attaching the

memory position switch cover (2) to the front seat

outer side cover (3).

2 Lift out the memory position switch assembly (4) from

its recess in the side cover.

3 As required, each position button can be removed

from the switch.

Figure 1A7 – 99

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the memory position switch assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 If removed, push the position buttons in until they click in place, ensuring correct orientation.

2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Memory position switch cover

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat outer side cover att achi ng

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely clipped in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–139

Page 1A7–139

4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

LT Section No. – 14-322

As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly.

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner

side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the

cover.

Figure 1A7 – 100

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.

Front seat inner side cover att achi ng

screw torque specification..........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–140

Page 1A7–140

4.6 Front Seat-back Rear Co ver Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

The following component will require

replacement when performing this operation.

• Front seat back rear cover retaining clip,

two places.

1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear cover

(1) away from the seat (2), breaking the retaining clip

(3), two places.

Figure 1A7 – 101

2 While holding the lower portion of the front seat-back

rear cover (1) out, pull the cover down to release the

upper retaining lug (2), two places.

3 Remove the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 102

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–141

Page 1A7–141

Disassemble

When performing Step 1, take care when

removing the retaining clip (1) not to break

the front seat-back map pocket shafts on

which the retaining clips are attached.

1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear cove r

(3), refer to Figure 1A7 – 103.

2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.

3 Remove the map pocket.

Figure 1A7 – 103

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-bac k map pocket attaching

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front

seat-back rear cover (2), two places .

Figure 1A7 – 104

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–142

Page 1A7–142

2 Locate the upper retaining lug (1), two places, with the

seat-back.

3 Push the front seat-back rear cover (2) up and in at

the lower edge to engage the two lower retaining clips.

Figure 1A7 – 105

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–143

Page 1A7–143

4.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Front Seat Type 7 – 10

Remove

1 Raise the head restraint fully.

2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 106

3 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.

4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and remove the

head restraint.

Figure 1A7 – 106

Disassemble

1 Disengage the front head restraint cove r J-strip by

pulling the flaps (1) back and out of flaps (2) in the

direction shown.

2 Carefully remove the cover from the pad assembly

Figure 1A7 – 107

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the head restraint cover J-clips are fully engaged.

Reinstall

Ensuring correct orientation of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sleeves and push the head restraint

down.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–144

Page 1A7–144

Front Seat Type 11 – 14

Remove

1 Raise the head restraint fully.

2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 108

3 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.

4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height ad juster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and raise the he ad

restraint as high as possible without placing undue strain on the rear seat entertainment lower wiring harness (4).

Figure 1A7 – 108

5 Carefully prise the front of the front head restraint

wiring cover (1) from the head restraint to disengage

the two retaining clips (2), rotating the cover rearward.

6 Unattach the rear retaining lugs (3), six places and

lower the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 109

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–145

Page 1A7–145

7 From below the head restraint, remove the rear seat

entertainment screen wiring connector (1) by

depressing its loc ki ng tab.

NOTE

A fine screwdriver may be needed to depress

the locking tab.

8 Remove the head restraint assembly and front head

restraint wiring c over.

Figure 1A7 – 110

Disassemble

1 Remove the two screws (1), attaching the rear seat entertainment head rest escutcheon (2) to the head restraint

assembly, refer to Figure 1A7 – 111.

2 Using a fine, flat-blade screwdriver carefully locate the retaining clip (3) along the upper edge. Depress the clip and

unattach the escut cheo n slig htly.

3 Repeat for the opposite retaining clip and remove the escutcheon.

Figure 1A7 – 111

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–146

Page 1A7–146

4 Remove the two screws (1), attaching the rear seat

entertainment circuit board (2) to the head restraint

assembly.

5 Disconnect the ribbon wiring (3) from the circuit board.

6 Depress the retaining lug (1), four places, and remove

the rear seat entertainment screen bezel (2), refer to

Figure 1A7 – 113.

Figure 1A7 – 112

Figure 1A7 – 113

7 Remove the two screws (1) each side, attaching the rear seat entertainment screen assembly (2) to the head

restraint assembly, refer to Figure 1A7 – 114.

8 Rotate the top of the screen assembly out and from behind carefully disconnect the wiring connector (3).

Figure 1A7 – 114

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–147

Page 1A7–147

9 As required, remove the screw (1), four places,

attaching the rear seat entertainment screen (2) to the

mounting plate (3).

10 As required, remove the screw (4), two places,

attaching the pivot hinge (5) to the mounting plate.

11 Repeat for the opposite pivot hinge as required.

Figure 1A7 – 115

12 Disengage the two J-strips (1) attaching the head

restraint cover to the head restraint frame.

13 Using a fine, flat-blade screwdriver, prise the retaining

strip (2) from the locking tabs (3), three places, within

the head restraint frame recess.

14 Repeat for the two remaining strips (4).

Figure 1A7 – 116

15 Beginning at the upper corner, fold the head restraint

cover (1) from the head restraint pad (2).

16 Remove the cover (1) from the head restraint frame

(2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 118.

17 Remove the pad (3) from the frame.

Figure 1A7 – 117

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–148

Page 1A7–148

Figure 1A7 – 118

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the sc rews to the specified torque.

Rear seat entertainment screen pivot

hinge attaching screw torque

specification................................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear seat entertainment screen

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear seat entertainment circuit board

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear seat entertainment head rest

escutcheon attaching screw torque

specification................................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure noting the following:

1 Seat the front head restraint wiring cover in position on the seat-back, feeding the rear seat entertainment lower

wiring harness through the cavity and en suring the cover is correctly orientated.

2 Sit the head restraint assembly in position in the head restraint sleeves, connect the wiring harness and clip the

wiring cover in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–149

Page 1A7–149

4.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve

As required, remove the front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 4.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

LT Section No. – 14-275

Front Seat Type 7 – 10

Remove

1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the

upper portion of the seat-back frame or active head

restraint frame (1).

2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head

restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the

head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.

3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7 – 119

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

NOTE

Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster lock

(1) is installed on the left-hand side of the seat;

that is the side that corresponds to the lower

square notch (2) in the head restraint shaft.

Figure 1A7 – 120

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–150

Page 1A7–150

1 Align the head restraint sleeve locating ribs (1) with

the notch (2) in the seat-back frame.

2 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.

Figure 1A7 – 121

Front Seat Type 11 – 14

Remove

1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the

upper portion of the active head restraint frame (1)

below the front seat head restraint guide cover.

NOTE

If the front seat-back rear cover has been

removed, have an assistant pull on the active

head restraint strap to raise the sleeves.

Do not remove the rear cover unless necessary

as the retaining clips will break requiring

replacement, refer to 4.6 Front Seat-back Rear

Cover Assembly.

2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head

restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the

head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.

3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7 – 122

4 Lift off the front seat head restraint guide cover (1).

Figure 1A7 – 123

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–151

Page 1A7–151

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the

reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

NOTE

Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster lock

(1) is installed on the left-hand side of the seat;

that is the side that corresponds to the lower

square notch (2) in the head restraint shaft.

Figure 1A7 – 124

1 Feed the rear seat entertainment lower wiring harness

assembly through the front seat head restraint guide

cover (1) and fit the cover in position.

2 Align the head restraint sleeve locating ribs (2) with

the notch (3) in the seat-back frame.

3 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.

Figure 1A7 – 125

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–152

Page 1A7–152

4.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

1 Using a fine flat-blade screw-driver, carefully prise the

cap (1) from the lumbar support knob (2).

2 Remove the screw (3) attaching the knob to the

lumbar support shaft.

3 Pull the knob off the lumbar support shaft and remove

the lumbar support deflector ring (4).

NOTE

The knob is lightly clipped to the lumbar support

shaft and will ‘click-off’.

Figure 1A7 – 126

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar support knob assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the screw to the correc t torque specification.

Lumbar support knob attaching

screw torque specification.......................... 2.0 – 5.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–153

Page 1A7–153

4.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 4.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 4.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.

5 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 4.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

6 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 4.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

7 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 4.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

Remove

1 Disengage the J-strips from the seat fram e and the

Velcro tab at each lower corner.

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the

seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back

components such as the side impact airbag and

dummy block insert assemblies.

Figure 1A7 – 127

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–154

Page 1A7–154

Disassemble

NOTE

The following illustrations show typical hook and

loop arrangement, which will vary according to

seat type.

Surebond type seat-back cover and pad

assemblies cannot be disassembled.

1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cover (1) over

the seat-back pad (2).

Figure 1A7 – 128

2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the

lower corners of the seat-back cover (2), upwards and

away from the front seat pad to disengage the hook

and loop strips (3).

3 Pull the front seat-back cover up and over the upper

edge of the front seat-back pad.

Figure 1A7 – 129

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–155

Page 1A7–155

Reassemble

1 With the seat-back cover (1) folded at the central

horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align the centre

mark (3) on the front s eat-back cover with the centre

mark (4) on the seat-back pad.

2 Press the seat-ba ck cov er fir m ly into the

corresponding groove in the seat-ba ck pad to enga ge

the hook and loop.

Figure 1A7 – 130

3 With the seat cover folded at the two vertical strips of

the hook and loop, press the seat-back cover firmly

into the correspo ndin g groov e s in the seat-ba ck pad.

Figure 1A7 – 131

4 Roll the upper corners of the front seat-back cover

over the seat-back pad.

5 Roll the sides of the seat-back cover over the seat-

back pad.

6 Roll the lower corners of the seat-back cover over the

seat-back pad.

NOTE

Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into

all corners and contours of the seat pad.

Figure 1A7 – 132

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–156

Page 1A7–156

4.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

When carrying a live (undeployed) side

impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back

frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)

side impact airbag assembly, ensure the

airbag opening is pointed away from you.

Never carry the side impact airbag assembly

or seat-back frame assembly fitted with a side

impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring

harness or connectors. In case of an

accidental deployment, the airbag will then

deploy with minimal chance of injury.

When placing a live side impact airbag

assembly or a front seat-back frame assembly

fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag

assembly on a bench or other surface, always

face the airbag opening up, away from the

surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or

seat-back frame with the airbag opening face

down. This is necessary so that a free space

is provided to allow the airbag to expand in

the unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 4.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side Cover A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

Remove

1 Remove the two screws (1), each side, attaching the

seat-back ass emb ly (2) to the front seat cushion fr ame

assembly (3).

2 As required, disconnect and unattach the front seat-

back recline motor, side impact airbag and DVD

display wiring harnesses.

3 Remove the seat-back assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 133

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–157

Page 1A7–157

Disassemble

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 4.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.

2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 4.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

3 Front seat head restraint sleev es, refer to 4.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

4 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 4.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

5 Front seat-back pad and cover assembly, refer to 4.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.

Side Impact Airbag Assembly

Remove

1 As required, unclip the side impact airbag wiring

harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the two

cable ties (3), securing the harness to the front seat

cushion frame assembly, taking care not to damage

the wiring harness.

2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track

and height adjust assembly (5).

Figure 1A7 – 134

3 Remove the lock nut (1), two pl aces, attaching the

side impact airbag assembly (2) to the seat-back

frame (3) and airbag assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 135

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side impact airbag assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Side impact airbag assembly attaching

nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–158

Page 1A7–158

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the lock nut (1), two pl aces, attaching the

front seat dummy block insert (2) to the seat-back

frame (3) and remove the dummy block inse rt

assembly.

2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from

the dummy block insert.

Figure 1A7 – 136

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

1 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Front seat dummy block insert attaching

nut torque specification .............................. 5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the retainer (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.

Figure 1A7 – 137

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–159

Page 1A7–159

2 Depress the retaining tab (1) and from the inner side

of the seat-back frame, rotate the lumbar support shaft

(2) and withdraw from the seat-back frame.

3 Repeat for the opposite side.

Figure 1A7 – 138

4 Disconnect the spring (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame or

active head restraint frame.

TIP

To aid spring removal, pull the support assembly

toward the side that the spring is being removed

to relieve spring tension.

Figure 1A7 – 139

5 Remove the lumbar support assembly (1).

Figure 1A7 – 140

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–160

Page 1A7–160

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar support assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the lumbar support assembly is correctly seated on the cushion side of the active head restraint frame,

where fitted, with the black lumbar support shaft on the outer side of the seat.

Active Head Restraint Frame As sembly

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1), two places, attaching the active

head restraint frame assembly (2) to the seat-back

frame hinge.

Figure 1A7 – 141

2 Withdraw the active head restraint frame assembly (1)

downward to remove it from the seat-back frame and

remove.

Figure 1A7 – 142

3 If required, slide the support strap (1) from the active

head restraint frame.

Figure 1A7 – 143

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–161

Page 1A7–161

4 If required, depress the tab (1), two places, and

withdraw the active head restraint frame sleeve (2)

from the seat-back frame.

5 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7 – 144

6 If required, remove the spring (1), from the active head

restraint frame hinge and seat-back frame.

7 Repeat for the opposite side as required.

Figure 1A7 – 145

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the active head restraint frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Active head restraint frame assembly

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 3.0 – 5.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back frame assembly

attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 30.0 – 45.0 Nm

2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–162

Page 1A7–162

4.12 Seat Memory Module

Remove

As required remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 From under the front seat cushion, disconnect the

front seat cushion cover flap (1), by disengaging the J-

strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.

Figure 1A7 – 146

3 Disconnect the wiring connector (1), four places, from

the seat memory module assembly (2).

4 Remove the screw (3), two places, attaching the seat

memory module to the track and height adjust

assembly.

5 Remove the seat memory module.

Figure 1A7 – 147

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the seat memory module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .

2 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Seat memory mod ule atta chi n g

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–163

Page 1A7–163

4.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

The track and height adjust assembly

components are non-serviceable. If the track

and height adjust assembly, drive motors or

drive shafts require replacement, the entire

track and height adjust assembly must be

replaced.

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 4.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 From under the front seat cushion, disconnect the

front seat cushion cover flap (1), by disengaging the J-

strip (2) located on the rear of the flap.

4 As required, unattach the seatbelt pretensioner, side

impact airbag and DVD display wiring harnesses.

Figure 1A7 – 148

5 Remove the four nuts (1) attaching the track and

height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.

6 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.

7 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, refer to Section 12M ,

2 Service Operations – Seatbelts.

Figure 1A7 – 149

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–164

Page 1A7–164

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and atta ched securely .

2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Track and height adjust assembly

attaching nut torque specification........... 24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–165

Page 1A7–165

4.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 4.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 4 .11 F ront Seat-back Frame Assembl y.

Remove

1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front

and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly away from the seat

frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).

3 Remove the cover and pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 150

Disassemble NOTE

The following illustrations show typical hook and

loop arrangement, which will vary according to

seat type.

Surebond type seat-back cover and pad

assemblies cannot be disassembled.

1 Fold the rear corners of the seat cushion cover (1)

over the seat cushion pad (2).

Figure 1A7 – 151

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–166

Page 1A7–166

2 While holding the front seat cushion pad (1), pull the

rear corners of the seat cushion cover (2) forward and

away from the front seat cushion pad to disengage the

hook and loop strips (3).

3 Pull the front seat cover up and over the forward edge

of the front seat cushion pad.

Figure 1A7 – 152

Reassemble

Reassembly of the seat cushion pad is the reverse of the disassembly procedure noting the following:

1 Align either of the outer hook and loop strips (1) and

the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the

seat cushion cover (3), with the seat cushion pad (4).

2 Press the folded edge of the rear seat cushion cover

firmly into the corresponding groove in the seat

cushion pad to engage the hook and loop strip.

Figure 1A7 – 153

3 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on

the seat cushion cover (2), with the corresponding

groove in the seat cushion pad (3).

Figure 1A7 – 154

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–167

Page 1A7–167

4 Roll the front corners of the front seat cushion cover

over the seat cushion pad.

5 Roll the sides of the seat cushion cover over the seat

cu shion pad.

6 Roll the rear corners of the seat cushion cover over

the seat cushion pad.

NOTE

Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the seat cover.

Do not pull the cover onto the pad from

underneath using the J-strip to make it fit

neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.

Figure 1A7 – 155

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–168

Page 1A7–168

4.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembl y

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assemb ly.

2 Front seat outer side cover, refer to 4.4 Fron t Seat Outer Side C over A ssemb ly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 4.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 4 .11 Front S eat-B ack Frame A s semb ly.

5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 4.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 4.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.

Disassemble

1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp

with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one

end, approximately 40mm long and with a 2mm

diameter pin (3) approximately 20mm long welded to

the other end.

2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far

enough to allow for the retaining springs (4) to be

removed from the seat cush io n frame.

3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspension

mat.

When using the G-clamp, use existing holes

in the suspension mat to ensure that the mat

deformation does not occur.

Figure 1A7 – 156

Reassemble

Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to Section 12O, Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Check the mechanical and electrical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–169

Page 1A7–169

4.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies

The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-servic eable items.

If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to

4.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–170

Page 1A7–170

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor

Assembly

The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembly and potentiometer are non-serviceable items.

If the front seat fore/aft movement motor or drive shafts require replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must

be replaced, refer to 4.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–171

Page 1A7–171

4.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembl y

The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assembly must be

replaced, refer to 4.11 Front Seat-back Frame Asse mbly .

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–172

Page 1A7–172

4.19 Drive Motor Potentiometers

The front seat drive motor potentiometers are non-serviceable items.

If the front seat fore/aft movement, seat-back recline and/or front seat lift motor potentiometers require replacement, the

track and height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to 4.12 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–173

Page 1A7–173

5 Diagnostics – Front Seat,

Level 2, 4 and 5

This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repair of front seats. Refer to 4.1 Front Seat Usage Chart,

Level 2, 4 and 5, for a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to vehicles. Included in that Section are illustrated

parts breakdowns of the various seats.

5.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any of the Steps in the diagnosis charts, ensure that fingers and limbs are clear of

moving parts.

Equipment

The followi ng equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.

2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impedance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to when performing diagnostic testing on components:

1 Care must be taken when using testing equipment to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It is preferred that the

technician bac k probe the connector to avoid terminal dama ge.

2 When tests are required on connector terminals, utilise the adapters in the connector adaptor kit KM–609 to

prevent damage to the terminals.

3 Unless the multimeter being us ed has an auto-ranging function, ensure that the correct range is selected.

4 When back-probing connectors, ensure the test lamp ground lead is connected to a suitable ground point on the

vehicle. Ensure that this ground point is not part of the circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the Steps in the diagnosis charts,

the exact order of Steps should be observed. If

the required nominal value or result is not

achieved at any stage, the problem must be

rectified before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–174

Page 1A7–174

5.2 Mechanical Diagnosis

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the lumbar support assembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks

and worn splines.

2 Checks that the lumbar support adjust assembly is not damaged or worn.

3 Checks that there is correct operation of the lumbar support assembly when the lumbar support knob is turned

throughout its range.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to

4.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

Is the lumbar support knob serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the lumbar support

knob.

Refer to 4.9 Lumbar Support

Knob Assembly.

2 1 Remove the front seat-back cover

assembly, refer to 4.6 Front Seat-back

Rear Cover Assemb ly.

2 Visually inspect the lumbar support and

strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceable?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the lumbar support

assembly.

Refer to 4.11 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

3 1 Refit the lumbar support knob and operate

as required.

Does the strap attachment move along the shaft

freely in both directions?

Does the strap tighten and loo sen?

System servic eabl e.

Replace the lumbar support

assembly.

Refer to 4.11 Front Seat-back

Frame Assemb ly.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–175

Page 1A7–175

5.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,

Non-memory, RHD

The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on eight-way, non-memory seat

assemblies. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–176

Page 1A7–176

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, RHD

Figure 1A7 – 157

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–177

Page 1A7–177

Connector Chart – Eight-wa y Seat, Non-m emory, RHD

Figure 1A7 – 158

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–178

Page 1A7–178

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates

when either seat adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate

correctly.

2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.

Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery

and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin B or

X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.

6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

circuit breaker F2 or circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

fusible link F105 or fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at

each point.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section

12A, 2.9 Battery.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12A,

2.9 Battery for further

diagnosis.

2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section

12O, 2.2 Circuit Breakers.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit breaker to

reset, refer to Section 12O,

2.2 Circuit Breakers. Go to Step 3.

3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section

12O, 2.3 Fusible Links.

Is fuse F105 serviceable? Go to Step 4. Replace the fusible link.

4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the connector is

secure.

5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the

passenger comp artm ent fus e and relay

panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X129 – X4 5 pin – 2. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 540

between circ uit breaker F2 and

connector X200 pin 19.

Repair or replace circ uit 540.

Go to Step 7.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–179

Page 1A7–179

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X18-105. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 342

between fusible link F105 and

circuit breaker F2.

Repair or replace circuit 342.

There is a fa ult in circ uit 1

between the battery and

fusible link F105.

Repair or replace circuit 1.

8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are

secure and have good contact with the

vehicle structure:

• X118–GP12 located in the middle of

the transmission tunnel.

• X118–GP13 located in the rear

compartment on the right-hand side

tail lamp stud.

• X118–GP14 located on the rear

compartment lid .

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further

details of ground ing poi nts.

Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle

with a good contact?

There is a fault in circuit 650.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

Ensure that the connectors are

secured to the vehicle and that

there is a good contact

between the conne ctor and th e

vehicle.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–180

Page 1A7–180

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch

functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat functions wo rk. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

driver’s seat only .

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 540

between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and X302 pin B.

5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin A which supplies the ground

circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X302 pin A or between connector X302 pin A and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

re all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin B with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• X302

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 5 and X302 pin

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–181

Page 1A7–181

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin A with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X302 pin A

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and X118–

GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–182

Page 1A7–182

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or

lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power

and ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery powe r to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y67

• Y69

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–183

Page 1A7–183

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the front of the seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 282

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 9 and

Y69 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 282.

7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 283

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 8 and

Y69 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 283.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 286

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 10 and

Y67 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 286.

9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 287

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 7 and

Y67 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 287.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–184

Page 1A7–184

Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the mo ving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9%

Zinc Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 4.13 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y64

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–185

Page 1A7–185

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 285

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 6 and

Y64 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 285.

8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft mo vement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 284

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 3 and

Y64 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 284.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–186

Page 1A7–186

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The

test diagnoses the seat adjus t ment switch and the motor circ uits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y74

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-back f orw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fa ult in circ uit 276

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 2 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 276.

5 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-ba ck aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 4.18 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 277

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 4 and

Y74 - X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 277.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–187

Page 1A7–187

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the

switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

passenger’s seat only.

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.

5 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supplies the ground

circuit for the passenger’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch

and connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the driver’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin B with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin

19 and X308 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• X308

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 5 and

X308 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–188

Page 1A7–188

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin A with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X308 pin A

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and X118–

GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 1 and

X308 pin A.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–189

Page 1A7–189

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising

and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether the

power and ground circui ts are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y84

• Y86

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–190

Page 1A7–190

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the front of the

seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?

System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 288

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 8 and

Y86 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 288.

7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 289

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 9 and

Y86 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 289.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 297

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 7 and

Y84 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or replace circuit 297.

9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 298

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 10 and

Y84 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 298.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–191

Page 1A7–191

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isol ates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 4.13 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y81

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–192

Page 1A7–192

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat forw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 296

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 6 and

Y81 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 296.

8 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 290

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 3 and

Y81 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 290.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–193

Page 1A7–193

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct i on is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the passenger’s seat being inoperative.

The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y91

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 76

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 2 and

Y91 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or replace circuit 76.

5 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat- bac k aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 4.18 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 77

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 4 and

Y91 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or replace circuit 77.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–194

Page 1A7–194

5.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,

Non-memory, LHD

The charts in this Section are used by the technician in the aid of diagnosing faults on eight-way non-memory seat

assemblies. To aid in the use of the diagnosis charts, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–195

Page 1A7–195

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD

Figure 1A7 – 159

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–196

Page 1A7–196

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory, LHD

Figure 1A7 – 160

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–197

Page 1A7–197

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates

when either seat adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks that battery voltage is more than 11.5 volts. The seat motors require more than 11.5 volts to operate

correctly.

2 Checks that circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is not tripped.

Isolates whether circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

3 Checks that fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates whether the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Ensures that connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks whether there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery

and connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin 3 or

X302 pin B, only one seat will not operate.

6 Checks whether there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

circuit breaker F2 or circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks whether there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and

fusible link F105 or fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks that all the ground points associated with the system are serviceable and a good ground is provided at

each point.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Check the battery voltage, refer to Section

12A, 2.9 Battery.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12A,

2.9 Battery for further

diagnosis.

2 1 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to Section

12O, 2.2 Circuit Breakers.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit breaker to

reset, refer to Section 12O,

2.2 Circuit Breakers. Go to Step 3.

3 1 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to Section

12O, 2.3 Fusible Links.

Is fuse F105 serviceable? Go to Step 4. Replace the fusible link.

4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5. Ensure that the connector is

secure.

5 1 Back probe connector X200 pin 19 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the

passenger comp artm ent fus e and relay

panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X129 – X4 5 pin – 2. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 540

between circ uit breaker F2 and

connector X200 pin 19.

Repair or replace circuit 540.

Go to Step 7.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–198

Page 1A7–198

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector

X18-105. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 342

between fusible link F105 and

circuit breaker F2.

Repair or replace circuit 342.

There is a fa ult in circ uit 1

between the battery and

fusible link F105.

Repair or replace circuit 1.

8 1 Ensure that the following ground points are

secure and have good contact with the

vehicle structure:

• X118–GP12 located in the middle of

the transmission tunnel.

• X118–GP13 located in the rear

compartment on the right-hand side

tail lamp stud.

• X118–GP14 located on the rear

compartment lid .

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for further

details of ground ing poi nts.

Are all the ground points secure to the vehicle

with a good contact?

There is a fault in circuit 650.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

Ensure that the connectors are

secured to the vehicle and that

there is a good contact

between the conne ctor and th e

vehicle.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–199

Page 1A7–199

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functi ons Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch

functions operate. The test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the passenger seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

driver’s seat only .

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X308 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in ci rcuit 540

between connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin 3.

5 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin 1 which supplies the ground

circuit for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X308 pin 1 or between connector X308 pin 1 and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

re all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 3 with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

X200 pin 19 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• X308

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin 3.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–200

Page 1A7–200

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X308 pin 1 with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X308 pin 1

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and

X118–GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–201

Page 1A7–201

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or

lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power

and ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 282 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 286 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y67

• Y69

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–202

Page 1A7–202

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise or lower the front of the seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 282

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 8 and

Y69 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 282.

7 1 Back probe connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 283

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 9 and

Y69 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 283.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 286

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 7 and

Y67 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 286.

9 1 Back probe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 287

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 10 and

Y67 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 287.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–203

Page 1A7–203

Driver’s Seat Fore/Af t Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not sm ooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9% Zinc

Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 4.13 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y64

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–204

Page 1A7–204

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 285

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 6 and

Y64 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 285.

8 1 Back probe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 284

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 3 and

Y64 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or replace circuit 284.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–205

Page 1A7–205

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The

test diagnoses the seat adjus t ment switch and the motor circ uits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate

the seat correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the Driver’s

Seat Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate in this

Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S51

• Y74

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch,

refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment

Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the driver’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-back f orw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 276

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 2 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 276.

5 1 Back probe connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch

to move the seat-ba ck aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 4.18 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 277

between connectors

S51 – X1 pin 4 and

Y74 - X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 277.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–206

Page 1A7–206

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the

switch functions operate. The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the

passenger’s seat only.

2 Checks whether there is battery power at connector X302 pin B. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin B.

3 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

4 Checks whether there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X302 pin B.

5 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

6 Checks whether there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin A which supplies the ground

circuit for the passenger’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch

and connector X302 pin A or between connector X302 pin A and the grounding points.

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the driver’s seat adjustment switch

functions inoperative? Refer to Neither Seat

Adjustment Switc h Functions

Operate in this Section. Go to Step 2.

2 1 Back probe connector X302 pin B with a

test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors X200 pin

19 and X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

3 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• X302

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91

Go to Step 4. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

4 1 Back probe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with

a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 540

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 5 and

X302 pin B.

Repair or repl ace circuit 540.

5 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 6.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–207

Page 1A7–207

Step Action Yes No

6 1 Back probe connector X302 pin A with a

test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch in any of the available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connector X302 pin A

and ground points X118–

GP12, X118–GP13 and X118–

GP14.

Repair or replace circuit 650.

There is a fault in circuit 650

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 1 and

X302 pin A.

Repair or repl ace circuit 650.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–208

Page 1A7–208

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising

and/or lowering. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether the

power and ground circui ts are at fault.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r ’s seat adj ust men t switch is s erv iceab le.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 288 that supplies batte ry power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 6 is serviceable.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 297 that supplies battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to th e motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

the direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 8 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y84

• Y86

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–209

Page 1A7–209

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise or lower the front of the

seat.

Does the fron t of the seat raise and lower?

System serviceable. Go to Step 8.

6 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 7.

There is a fault in circuit 288

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 9 and

Y86 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 288.

7 1 Back probe connector Y86 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat rear lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat rear lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 289

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 8 and

Y86 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 289.

Go to Step 5.

8 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9.

There is a fault in circuit 297

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 10 and

Y84 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 297.

9 1 Back probe connector Y84 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat front lift

motor, refer to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor Assemblies.

There is a fault in circuit 298

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 7 and

Y84 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 298.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–210

Page 1A7–210

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being

inoperative or the action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that there are no items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks that the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied to provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks that the guide rails or drive shafts have not been damaged. Any binding between the moving parts will

result in poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

6 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

7 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates

whether there is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates

whether the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty.

As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from

Step 7 is serviceable.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate correctly in any of the eight directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3. Remove the obstructing item.

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequately

lubricated? Go to Step 4.

Apply a small amount of

grease type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease (with 9%

Zinc Oxide).

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any

point of travel during the fore and aft movement

of the seat?

Replace the track and height

adjust assembly.

Refer to 4.13 Track and Height

Adjust Assembly.

Go to Step 5.

5 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y81

Go to Step 6. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

6 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–211

Page 1A7–211

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat forw ard.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 8.

There is a fault in circuit 296

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 6 and

Y81 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or repl ace circuit 296.

8 1 Back probe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft movement

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat fore/aft

movement motor, refer to

4.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or Assem bly.

There is a fault in circuit 290

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 3 and

Y81 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or repl ace circuit 290.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–212

Page 1A7–212

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Funct i on is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used by the technician to aid in the diagnosis of the recline function of the passenger’s seat being inoperative.

The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart.

1 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adj ustment switch operates the sea t in any direct ion. Isolates whether there

is battery power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks that all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks whether the passen ge r’s seat adjustment switch is serv iceab le.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Checks whether there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms that the ground circuit from Step 4

is servicea ble.

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

operate the seat correctly in any of the eight

directions? Go to Step 2.

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions Operate in

this Section.

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S176

• Y91

Go to Step 3. Ensure that the connectors are

secure.

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch from the seat, re fer to 4.4 Front

Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch, refer to 5.5 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment switch

serviceable?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the passenger’s seat

adjustment switch.

Refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover Assembly.

4 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

There is a fault in circuit 76

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 2 and

Y91 – X1 pin 1.

Repair or replace circuit 76.

5 1 Back probe connector Y91 – X1 pin 2 with

a test lamp.

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment

switch to move the seat- bac k aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat-back recline motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat-back recline

motor, refer to 4.18 Front Seat-

back Recline Motor Assembly.

There is a fault in circuit 77

between connectors

S176 – X1 pin 4 and

Y91 – X1 pin 2.

Repair or replace circuit 77.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–213

Page 1A7–213

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the ohmmeter onto the

terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 161

Legend

Left-hand Switch

Right-hand Switc h

Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Posi tion Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

Position A 10 and 5 Continuity

Position B 7 and 5 Continuity

Position C 9 and 5 Continuity

Position D 8 and 5 Continuity

Position E 6 and 5 Continuity

Position F 3 and 5 Continuity

Position G 2 and 5 Continuity

Position H 4 and 5 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 1 and either 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–214

Page 1A7–214

6 Diagnostics – Front Seat

Memory and Rear View Mirror,

Level 5

6.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any Steps

in the diagnosis charts, ensure that fingers

and limbs are clea r of moving parts.

Equipment

The followi ng equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

1 An unpowered test lamp with a current draw of less than 3 A.

2 A digital multimeter with a minimum impedance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to when performing diagnostic testing on components:

1 Care must be taken when using testing equipment to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It is preferred that the

technician backprobe the connector to avoid damage to terminals.

2 When tests are required on connector terminals, use the adapters in the connector adapter kit (tool No. KM–609) to

prevent damage to the terminals.

3 Unless the multimeter being us ed has an auto-ranging function, ensure that the correct range is selected.

4 When backprobing connectors, ensure the test lamp ground lead is connected to a suitable ground point on the

vehicle. Ensure this ground point is not part of the circuit being tested.

NOTE

Perform the Steps in the diagnosis charts in the

order shown. If the required nominal value or

result is not achieved at any stage, the problem

must be rectified before proceeding.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–215

Page 1A7–215

6.2 System Self Diagnosis

The seat memory module can self-diagnose the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. When a fault or failure is

detected, the seat memory module sets a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) that represents the fault or failure. A fault or

failure that sets a DTC may leave the seat and/or external rear-view mirrors partially or totally inoperative. If the seat

memory module detects a fault, the LED located next to the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position

switch assembly, illuminates constantly during that ignition cycle.

Current DTCs are stored by the seat memory module. When the fault conditions are no longer met, the DTC becomes a

Histo r y DTC.

Current DTCs

When Current DTCs are detected, they are stored by the seat memory module during the current ignition cycle. Current

DTCs are set or cleared based on the condition of the seat memory module during ignition ON or continuous monitoring

of the current ignitio n cycle.

NOTE

A Current DTC is identified on the TECH 2

display by the word 'Current' between the DTC

number and the DTC description. The word

'History' between the DTC number and the DTC

description indicates that the DTC displayed is a

Histo r y DTC.

Current DTCs are reset to History DTCs upon the next diagnostic test sequence that the fault conditions are not met.

Current DTCs can be cleared (changed to history DTC) by removing the fault conditions.

TECH 2 is unable to clear current DTCs if the fault conditions still exist; TECH 2 will display 'Clear DTC Information

Failed'.

DTCs stored in the seat memory module can only be displayed and/or cleared using the TECH 2 diagnostic scan tool.

The TECH 2 communicates with seat memory module serial data using the Serial Data Link Connector (DLC) which is

attached to the instrument panel lower trim retainer, refer to 6.3 TECH 2 Diagnostics.

History DTCs

History DTCs are set upon the clearing of a current DTC fault condition. History DTCs are maintained by the seat

memory module over multiple ignition cycles. The seat memory module can only clear history DTCs from its memory by

a CLEAR DTCS serial data message from TECH 2.

Clearin g DTCs

After any system fault has been rectified, use the TECH 2 CLEAR DTCS selection to erase any fault codes stored in the

seat memory module's memory, refer to 6.4 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.

After DTCs have been cleared, verify proper

system operation and absence of any fault

codes. If TECH 2 displays CLEAR DTC

INFORMATION FAILED after attempting to

clear DTCs, the fault condition still exists.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–216

Page 1A7–216

6.3 TECH 2 Diagnostics

TECH 2, with the appropriate software, cables and

adapters, when connected to the Serial Data Link Connector

(DLC) can read seat and exterior rear-view mirror serial

data. The DLC is attached to the instrument panel trim

retainer beneath the steering wheel.

1 DLC

2 DLC Adapter

3 DLC Cable

4 TECH 2

For additional general information on connecting and

operating TECH 2, refer to Section 0C TECH 2.

Figure 1A7 – 162

Test Modes

TECH 2 has five test modes for diagnosing the driver's seat

and the external rear-view mirrors.

Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes

If F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes is selected, a selection list

is displayed which contains:

1 F0: Read DTC Information – Once this mode is

selected, both current and history Diagnostic Trouble

Codes (DTCs) stored in the seat memory module's

memory may be displayed.

2 F1: Clear DTC Information – Once this mode is

selected, DTCs stored in the seat memory module's

memory may be cleared.

Figure 1A7 – 163

Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display

If F1: Diagnostic Data Display is selected, a selection list is displayed which contains:

1 F0: Inputs and Outputs − Once this mode is selected, a list of system components and their inputs, outputs and

their status is display ed .

2 F1: Memory − Once this mode is selected, a list of each memory position and the position of each of the seat axes

is displayed.

3 F2: System Identification – Once this is selected, details including serial number of the seat memory module are

displayed.

Mode F2: Snapshot

In this test mode, the TECH 2 captures seat memory module data before and after a forced manual trigger.

Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests

In this test mode, the TECH 2 displays a list of eight tests that can be utilised to diagnose the driver's seat and the

external rear-view mirrors, refer to 6.4 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.

Mode F4: Additional Functions

In this test mode, TECH 2 allows the technician to reset the seat, thus clearing all memory positions, refer to

6.4 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–217

Page 1A7–217

6.4 TECH 2 Test Modes and Displays for

Diagnosis

A prerequisite to this diagnostic Section is for the user to be familiar with the proper use of TECH 2. The following pages

illustrate only the major TECH 2 screen displays and provide a brief explanation of their function for diagnosing the

driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. If additional information is required on the operation of TECH 2,

reference should be made to either Section 0C TECH 2 or the TECH 2 User's Guide.

System Select Menu

With the TECH 2 connected to the DLC, and

F0: DIAGNOSTICS selected from the Main Menu, the

correct Model Year and Vehicle Type must be selected for

access to the System Select Menu.

Select F3: BODY.

This mode contains all functions to test, diagnose, monitor

and program the vehicle's body systems including the

driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors.

Figure 1A7 – 164

Body Application Menu

Once F3: BODY has been selected from the System Select

Menu, Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module can be

selected.

Select SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY

MODULE.

When SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY

MODULE is selected, the following two SYSTEM

IDENTIFICATION screens will appear, which require action.

Figure 1A7 – 165

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–218

Page 1A7–218

System Identification

Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not

running (as requested) and press the CONFIRM soft key to

continue.

Figure 1A7 – 166

The System Identification Screen will then display

information pertaining to the type of seat memory module

fitted, serial number, date of manufacture and other ancillary

information. Press the CONFIRM soft key to continue to the

Application men u.

Always refer to the latest General Motors spare parts

information for the correct part number.

Figure 1A7 – 167

A pplication Menu

The following functions will now be available:

• F0: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES

• F1: DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY

• F2: SNAPSHOT

• F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS

• F4: ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS

Figure 1A7 – 168

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–219

Page 1A7–219

F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes

If F0: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES is selected from the

Application menu, a selection list is displayed which

contains:

F0: Read DTC Information

If this mode is selected, a listing of all (i f any) DTCs that

have been set by the seat memory module will be displayed.

Information displayed with the DTC number/s that have

been set, is a short description of what the DTC is, and

whether it is a current (fault present) or hi story (stored, but

not necessarily on this ignition cycle) DTC. Refer to

Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for the full listing of

driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors DTCs with

the fault identified.

NOTE

If any DTCs are set, reference should be made

to the relevant diagnostic charts in this Section.

Figure 1A7 – 169

F1: Clear DTC Information

DTCs can be cleared in this mode by selecting F1: CLEAR

DTC INFORMATION, pressing the ENTER button on

TECH 2 and confirming the action as instructed by TECH 2.

If DTC condition is present, TECH 2 will be unable to clear

the DTC and will display CLEAR DTC INFORMATION

FAILED.

Figure 1A7 – 170

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–220

Page 1A7–220

Diagnostic Trouble Codes

The following table sets out all the possible diagnostic trouble codes as indicated by TECH 2.

DTC Code Location Fault

1 Eight-way seat adjust ment sw itch Front vertical up switch stu ck

2 Eight-way seat adjustm ent switch Front vertical down switch stuck

3 Eight-way seat adjustment switch Rear vertical up switch stuck

4 Eight-way seat adjustment switch Rear vertical down switch stuck

5 Eight-way seat adjust ment sw itch Horizontal forw ard sw itch stu c k

6 Eight-way seat adjust ment sw itch Horizontal ba ck switch stuc k

7 Eight-way seat adjustment switch Recline up switch stuck

8 Eight-way seat adjus tment switch Recline down switch stuck

9 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 1 stuck

10 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 2 stuck

11 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 3 stuck

12 Memory position switch assembly Mirror dip button stuck

13 Seat memory module No serial data

14 Exterior rear-view mi rror circuit No exterior mirror communication

15 Seat front lift motor potentiometer Front vertical position sensor fault

16 Seat rear lift motor potentiometer Rear vertical position sensor fault

17 Seat fore/aft movement motor potentiometer Horizontal position sensor fault

18 Seat-back recline motor potentiometer Recline position sensor fault

19 Seat memory module ECU malfunction

F1: Diagnostic Data Display

When F1: DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY is selected, three sub-headings are displayed by TECH 2.

F0: Inputs and Outputs

F0: INPUTS AND OUTPUTS displays a list of data streams for various driver's seat and external rear-view mirror

components and their current status. The table in this Section lists all the data streams with a description.

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 1 Button Displays the state of button 1 on the memory position switch.

If button 1 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 9 will be set.

• inactive / active

Memory 2 Button Displays the state of button 2 on the memory position switch.

If button 2 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 10 will set.

• inactive / active

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–221

Page 1A7–221

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 3 Button Displays the state of button 3 on the memory position switch.

If button 3 on the memory position switch assembly is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 11 will set.

• inactive / active

Mirror DIP Button Displays the state of the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position

switch.

If the mirror DIP / memory store (M) button on the memory position switch assembly is

stuck in the depressed position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 12 will set.

• inactive / active

Front Vertical Switch Displays the state of the front lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the UP position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 1 will

set.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the DOWN position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 2

will set.

• inactive / up / down

Rear Vertical Switch Displays the state of the rear lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the rear vertical switch is stuck in the UP position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 3 will set.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the DOWN position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 4

will set.

• inactive / up / down

Horizontal Switch Displays the state of the horizontal switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the horizontal switch is stuck in the FORWARD position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 5

will set.

If the horizontal switch is stuck in the AFT position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 6 will set.

• inactive / forward / backward

Recline Switch Displays the state of the recline switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the recline switch is stuck in the FORWARD position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 7 will

set.

If the recline switch is stuck in the AFT position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 8 will set.

• inactive / forward / backward

Front Vertical Position

Sensor Displays whether the front lift motor potentiometer is connected.

• connect ed / not connec ted

Front Vertical Position

Sensor Signal Displays the voltage across the front lift motor potentiometer. The voltage will range from

1.5 V to 4.2 V depending on the vertical position of the front of the seat.

• 1.5 – 4.2 volts

Front Vertical Position

Sensor Displays the current position of the front lift motor potentiometer as a value in Steps. The

Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across the

potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.

• 0 – 255

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–222

Page 1A7–222

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Front Vertical Position

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat

has not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Front Vertical Position

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Rear Vertical Posi tion

Sensor Displays whether the rear lift motor potentiometer is connected.

• connect ed / not connec ted

Rear Vertical Posi tion

Sensor Signal Displays the voltage across the rear lift motor potentiometer. The voltage will range from

1.5 V to 4.2 V depending on the vertical position of the rear of the seat.

• 1.5 – 4.2 volts

Rear Vertical Posi tion

Sensor Displays the current position of the rear lift motor potentiometer as a value in Steps. The

Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across the

potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.

• 0 – 255

Rear Vertical Posi tion

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat

has not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Rear Vertical Posi tion

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Horizontal Position Sens or Displays whether the fore/aft movement motor potentiometer is connected.

• connect ed / not connec ted

Horizontal Position Sensor

Signal Displays the voltage across the fore/aft movement motor potentiometer. The voltage will

range from 1.5 V to 4.2 V depending on the horizontal position of the seat.

• 1.5 – 4.2 volts

Horizontal Position Sens or Displays the current position of the fore/aft movement motor potentiometer as a value in

Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across

the potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.

• 0 – 255

Horizontal Position

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. This value depends on the calibration

of the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat

has not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–223

Page 1A7–223

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Horizontal Position

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Recline Position Sensor Displays whether the seat-back recline motor potentiometer is connected.

• connect ed / not connec ted

Recline Position Sensor

Signal Displays the voltage across the seat-back recline motor potentiometer. The voltage will

range from 1.5 V to 4.2 V depending on the recline position of the seat.

• 1.5 – 4.2 volts

Recline Position Sensor Displays the current position of the seat-back recline motor potentiometer as a value in

Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 255 and are calculated by taking the voltage across

the potentiometer and putting that value through a mathematical algorithm.

• 0 – 255

Recline Position Maximum

Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. This value depends on the calibration

of the seat.

This value should be high but never reac h 255 Steps. If the value displayed is 255, the seat

has not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Recline Position Minimum

Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 4.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 255

Button Pack

Communication Displays whether there is serial data communication with the mirror control switch, right-

hand or left-hand rear-view mirrors. If there is comm unication with at least one of these

components, TECH 2 will display OKAY. If there is no communications with all of the

components, TECH 2 will display NOT OKAY.

If there are no serial data communications, a DTC 14 will set.

• ok / not ok

Right Exterior Mirror

Communication Displays whether TECH 2 can communicate with the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror.

If there is not serial data communications with the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror, a

DTC 14 will set.

• ok / not ok

Left Exterior Mirror

Communication Displays whether TECH 2 can communicate with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror.

If there is not serial data communications with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror, a DTC

14 will set.

• ok / not ok

Right Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rock er switch is selected to

RIGHT.

• up / down / left / right / inactive

Left Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rocker switch is selected to LEFT.

• up / down / left / right / inactive

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–224

Page 1A7–224

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory Recall Position In

Use Displays the status of the current memory recall of the seat assembly.

• memory button 1 / memory button 2 / memory button 3 / priority 1 / priority 2 / no

active me mory

Current Priority Displays what is the current priority that has been set when the vehicle is unlocked with

either priority key 1 or 2.

• priority 1 / priority 2 / no active memory

Able To Recall Displays whether the seat assembly has the ability to recall a memory position.

• yes / no

Start Wait Active Only when there has been a cold-start reset will TECH 2 display NO. A cold-start reset will

occur when module detects too much electromagnetic interference (EMI) in the system. If

the START WAIT ACTIVE displays NO, the system will still be operational.

• yes / no

Able To Move When the seat is requested to move, the seat memory module monitors the amount of

Steps that a potentiometer has taken during that movement. If the potentiometer does not

move more than 3 Steps in 1 second, ABLE TO MOVE will be NO. This inability to move at

all or quickly enough may be due to a physical restriction in that movement, or the battery

not having enough charge to power the particular motor adequately.

• yes / no

Ignition Switch Displays the status of the ignition switch.

• on / off / accessory

Demist Request Displays the status of the rear demist system. This will be YES when the rear demist button

is pressed.

• yes / no

Reverse Gear Di splays whether the vehicle is in reverse gear.

• inactive / active

PRNDL Position Displays the position of the transmission selector.

• P / R / N / D / 3 / 2 / 1

F1: Memory

F1: MEMORY displays all the five memory settings available. Within each of the memory settings the position of the seat

is displayed (in Steps) and whether the mirror dip function is enable d.

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 1 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 1.

• enabled / disabled

Memory 1 Front Vertic al

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 255

Memory 1 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 255

Memory 1 Horizontal

Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 255

Memory 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 255

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–225

Page 1A7–225

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 2 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 2.

• enabled / disabled

Memory 2 Front Vertic al

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 255

Memory 2 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 255

Memory 2 Horizontal

Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been st ored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 255

Memory 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 255

Memory 3 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 3.

• enabled / disabled

Memory 3 Front Vertic al

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 255

Memory 3 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 255

Memory 3 Horizontal

Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 255

Memory 3 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 255

Priority 1 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 1.

• enabled / disabled

Priority 1 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 255

Priority 1 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 255

Priority 1 Horizontal

Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 255

Priority 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 255

Priority 2 Mirror Dip Status Displays whether the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 2.

• enabled / disabled

Priority 2 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 255

Priority 2 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 255

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–226

Page 1A7–226

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Priority 2 Horizontal

Position Displays th e seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 255

Priority 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 255

F2: System Identification

F2: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION displays the specifications of the seat memory module, refer to System Identification

within this Section.

F2: Snapshot

In this mode, TECH 2 captures seat memory module data before and after a forced manual trigger.

F3: Miscellaneous Tests

In this mode, a list of tests are displayed that can be used to control certain functions of the driver's seat and the exterior

rear-view mirrors.

F0: Chime

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To activate the chime function of the seat memory module, press

the ON key. The chime will then sound continuously. To turn off the chime, press the OFF key. To return to

F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS menu, press the QUIT key.

In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inpu ts and Out put s in this Section.

F1: LED

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To activate the LED functi on of the seat memory module, press the

FLASH key. The LED will flash. To return to F3: MISCELLANEOUS TESTS menu, press the QUIT key.

In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inpu ts and Out put s in this Section.

F2: Right Exterior Mirror

When this test is selected, the arrow keys on TECH 2 can be used to drive the right-hand exterior mirror in all four

directions. During this test the data stream for the right-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will

change from OFF to the direction pressed.

F3: Left Exterior Mirror

When this test is selected, the arrow keys on TECH 2 can be used to drive the left-hand exterior mirror in all four

directions. During this test the data stream for the left-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will change

from OFF to the direction pressed.

F4: Front Vertical Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the front lift motor up, press the UP key and alternatively to

move the front lift motor down, press the DOWN key.

F5: Rear vertical Mirror

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the rear lift motor up, press the UP key and alternatively to

move the rear lift motor down, press the DOWN key.

F6: Horizontal Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the seat fore/aft movement motor forward, press the

FORWARD key and alternatively to move the seat fore/aft movement motor aft, press the BACK key.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–227

Page 1A7–227

F7: Recline Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the seat-back recline motor forward, press the FORWARD

key and alternatively to move the seat-back recline motor aft, press the BACK key.

F4: Addi ti onal Functions

F0: Module Reset

This function clears all the preset memories including any priority key that the seat memory module has stored.

When this function is selected, menu keys are available. TECH 2 will prompt with the message 'Do you Really Want To

Reset'. To reset the module, press the YES key. If the technician does not want to reset the module, press the NO key

and to return the F4: ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS menu.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–228

Page 1A7–228

6.5 Preliminary System Diagnosis

Prior to starting any diagnosis, the technician should be familiar with the driver's seat and the external rear-view

mirror components and operation. For a description of the components and the system operation, refer to

1 General Information

When investigating any complaint of a problem or malfunction, always begin diagnosis with a circuit check, refer to

6.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat, Initial Check for a seat fault, or 6.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors,

Initial Check for an exterior rear-view mirror fault.

The diagnostic circuit check ensures that the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors are communicating on the

serial data line as well as assisting to identify the problem and to ascertain the appropriate diagnostic chart in this

Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–229

Page 1A7–229

6.6 Diagnostic Charts

Introduction

The followi ng diagnostic charts are designed to provide fast and efficient fault location and remedy. The diagnostic charts

include a chart, pertinen t information, circuit diagra ms, and where necessary , the steps are ex plained by the

corresponding numbered paragraphs.

When performing wiring checks as directed to by the diagnostic charts, rather than probe pins and connectors with

incorrect sized multimeter connections, use the adapters contained in connector test adapter kit Tool No. KM-609 and

test lead set Tool No. KM609-20. This will prevent any possibility of spreading or damaging wiring harness pins and later

on causing a system intermittent failure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–230

Page 1A7–230

6.7 Mechanical Diagnosis

For mechanical diagnosis of the Level 5 Driver's Seat, refer to 5.2 Mechanical Diagnosis.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–231

Page 1A7–231

6.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat

Wiri ng Diagr am – RHD

Figure 1A7 – 171

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–232

Page 1A7–232

Figure 1A7 – 172

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–233

Page 1A7–233

Wiring Diagram – LHD

Figure 1A7 – 173

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–234

Page 1A7–234

Figure 1A7 – 174

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–235

Page 1A7–235

Connector Chart

Figure 1A7 – 175

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–236

Page 1A7–236

Initial Check

Circuit Description

The driver's seat and exterior rear-view mirrors can be diagnosed through TECH 2. This chart tests each function of the

seat for correct operation.

Test Description

1 If TECH 2 cannot access the System Identification menu there is a problem with the power, serial data

communic atio ns and groun d ci rcuit s to the memory modul e.

2 Checks if there are any current DTCs.

3-10 Checks that the seat adjustment switch is serviceable. Also checks that the associated motor circuits are

serviceable.

11 Using TECH 2, checks that the memory position switch assembly is operational.

12 Checks that the front lift motor potentiometer is connected.

13 Checks that the front lift motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.

14 Checks that the front lift motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current

seat position is within that range.

15 Checks that the rear lift motor potentiometer is connected.

16 Checks that the rear lift motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.

17 Checks that the rear lift motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current

seat position is within that range.

18 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer is connected.

19 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.

20 Checks that the horizontal motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current

seat position is within that range.

21 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer is connected.

22 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer's voltage is within the acceptable range.

23 Checks that the recline motor potentiometer (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and current

seat position is within that range.

24 Checks that the seat memory module stores a different seat position in each of the three memory buttons. Checks

that when each of the memory buttons are pressed, the seat moves to the stored position and TECH 2 displays the

correct information.

25 Checks that the seat recalls a priority key memory position.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

2 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY

MODULE.

3 Turn the ignition on when prompted.

Is the Seat and Exterior Mirror Module System Identific ation

sp ecif ications displayed?

Go to Step 2.

Refer to

No Serial Data

Communications to

the Seat Memory

Module.

2 1 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY

MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES / READ DTC

INFORMATION.

Are there any DTCs set?

Refer to the relevant

DTC diagnostic

chart in this Section. Go to Step 3.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–237

Page 1A7–237

Step Action Yes No

3 1 With TECH 2 connected to the DLC, select BODY / SEAT AND

EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC

DATA DISPLAY / INPUTS AND OUTPUTS.

2 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL SWITCH.

3 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so

that the front of the seat will raise and lower.

Does TECH 2 display:

• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.

• UP when the switch is in the UP position.

• DOWN when the switch is in the DOWN position.

Go to Step 4.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – RHD

for right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – LHD

for left-hand drive

vehicles.

4 During the te st in Step 3, does the front of the seat move in the

following dire cti ons ?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the front of the seat

does not move

• When the switch is in the UP position, the front of the seat

moves up.

• When the switch is in the DOWN posi tion, the front of the seat

moves dow n.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test.

Go to Step 5. Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Inoperative.

5 1 Scroll to REAR SEAT VERTICAL SWITCH.

2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so

that the rear of the seat will move up and down.

Does TECH 2 display:

• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.

• UP when the switch is in the UP position.

• DOWN when the switch is in the DOWN position.

Go to Step 6.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – RHD

for right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – LHD

for left-hand drive

vehicles.

6 During the test in Step 5, does the rear of the seat move in the

following dire cti ons ?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the rear of the seat

does not move

• When the switch is in the UP position, the rear of the seat moves

up.

• When the switch is in the DOWN position, the rear of the seat

moves dow n.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test.

Go to Step 7. Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Inoperative.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–238

Page 1A7–238

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL SWITCH.

2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so

that the base of the seat will move forward and aft.

Does TECH 2 display:

• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion.

• FORWARD when the switch is in the FORWARD position.

• BACK when the switch is in the AFT position.

Go to Step 8.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – RHD

for right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – LHD

for left-hand drive

vehicles.

8 During the test in Step 7, does the rear of the seat move in the

following dire cti ons ?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the base of the seat

does not move

• When the switch is in the FORWARD position, the base of the

seat moves forward.

• When the switch is in the BACK position, the rear of the seat

moves aft.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test.

Go to Step 9. Refer to Seat Fore /

ft Movement Motor

Inoperative.

9 1 Scroll to RECLINE SWITCH.

2 While monitoring TECH 2, move the seat adjustment switch so

that the seat-back will move forward and aft.

Does TECH 2 display:

• INACTIVE when the switch is in the neutral posi tion

• FORWARD when the switch is in the FORWARD position

• BACK when the switch is in the AFT position

Go to Step 10.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – RHD

for right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Assembly

Inoperative – LHD

for left-hand drive

vehicles.

10 During the test in Step 9, does the seat-back move in the following

directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the seat-back does

not move.

• When the switch is in the FORWARD position, the seat-back

moves forward.

• When the switch is in the BACK position, the seat-back moves

aft.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test.

Go to Step 11. Refer to Seat Fore /

ft Movement Motor

Inoperative.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–239

Page 1A7–239

Step Action Yes No

11 1 Scroll to the Memory Button 1.

2 While monitoring TECH 2, press the following buttons

• Memory Button 1

• Memory button 2

• Memory Button 3

• Mirror dip / memory button

Does TECH 2 display ACTIVE next to the corresponding button?

Go to Step 12.

Refer to Memory

Position Switch

Inoperative – RHD

fro right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Memory

Position Switch

Inoperative – LHD

for left-hand drive

vehicles.

12 1 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR.

Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED?

Go to Step 13.

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – RHD for

right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – LHD for

left-hand drive

vehicles.

13 1 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V?

Go to Step 14.

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – RHD for

right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – LHD for

left-hand drive

vehicles.

14 1 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITI ON MAXIMUM LIMIT.

2 Check the following values from TECH 2:

• FRONT VERTICAL MAXI MUM POSITION LIMI T. Th is

should be less than 255 Steps.

• FRONT VERTICAL MINIMUM POSI TION LIMI T. Thi s

should be more than 0 Steps.

• FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR. This value

should be between the minimum and maximum values.

Go to Step 15.

Disconnect battery

power from the seat.

Perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

4.3 Front Seat

Assembly.

15 1 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR.

Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED?

Go to Step 16.

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – RHD for

right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – LHD for

left-hand drive

vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–240

Page 1A7–240

Step Action Yes No

16 1 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V?

Go to Step 17.

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – RHD for

right-hand drive

vehicles.

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Potentiometer

Check – LHD for

left-hand drive

vehicles.

17 1 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.

2 Check the following values from TECH 2:

• REAR VERTICAL MAXIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This

should be less than 255 Steps.

• REAR VERTICAL MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This

should be more than 0 Steps.

• REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR. This value should

be between the minimum and maximum values.

Go to Step 18.

Disconnect battery

power from the seat.

Perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

4.3 Front Seat

Assembly.

18 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR.

Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 19.

Refer to Seat

Fore/Aft Movement

Motor Potentiometer

Check.

19 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 20.

Refer to Seat

Fore/Aft Movement

Motor Potentiometer

Check.

20 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.

2 Check the following values from TECH 2:

• HORIZONTAL MAXIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This should

be less than 255 Steps.

• HORIZONTAL MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This should

be more than 0 Steps.

• HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR. This value should be

between the minim um and ma ximum values.

Go to Step 21.

Disconnect battery

power from the seat.

Perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

4.3 Front Seat

Assembly.

21 1 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR.

Does TECH 2 show that the potentiometer is CONNECTED? Go to Step 22. Refer to Front Seat-

back Recline Motor

Inoperative.

22 1 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 V and 4.2 V? Go to Step 23. Refer to Front Seat-

back Recline Motor

Inoperative.

23 1 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION MAXIMUM LIMIT.

2 Check the following values from TECH 2:

• RECLINE MAXIMUM POSITION LIMI T. This should be

less than 255 Steps.

• RECLINE MINIMUM POSITION LIMIT. This sh ould be

more 0 Steps.

• RECLINE POSITION SENSOR. This value should be

between the minim um and ma ximum values.

Go to Step 24.

Disconnect battery

power from the seat.

Perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

4.3 Front Seat

Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–241

Page 1A7–241

Step Action Yes No

24 1 Store a new memory position in each of the available positions

(Memory Button 1, 2 and 3), refer to 1 General Information for

instructions (or the Owner Manual).

NOTE

When a seat position is stored into the relevant memory

position, the seat will chime. For each of the memory

position s, con firm the chime .

fter the last position has been stored in memory, move the seat

out of that position.

3 Scroll to MEMORY RECALL POSITION. TECH 2 should display

NO ACTIVE MEMORY.

4 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 1. The seat will

move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY

BUTTON 1 while the button is pressed. When the seat comes to

a stop and the button is released, does TECH 2 display

MEMORY BUTTON 1.

5 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 2. The seat will

move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY

BUTTON 2. When the seat comes to a stop and the button is

released, does TECH 2 display MEMORY BUTTON 2.

6 While monitoring TECH 2, press memory button 3. The seat will

move to the stored position and TECH 2 will display MEMORY

BUTTON 3. When the seat comes to a stop, does TECH 2

display MEMORY BUTTON 3.

Does TECH 2 display the relevant memory positions as described in

this test?

Go to Step 25.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

25 NOTE

To perform this test, both keys supplied with the vehicle

are needed.

1 Scroll to CURRENT PRIORITY and ensure that NO ACTIVE

MEMORY is displayed.

2 Disconnect TECH 2 from the vehicle.

3 Move the seat, using the seat adjustment switch assembly, to a

new position and lock the car with the ‘remote control’ from key

one.

4 Unlock the vehicle with the ‘remote control’ from key one.

5 Connect TECH 2 and select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR

MIRROR MEMORY MODULE / DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY /

INPUTS AND OUTPUTS and scroll to CURRENT PRIORITY.

Does TECH 2 display either PRIORITY 1 or PRIORITY 2?

System servic eabl e.

The fault maybe

intermittent (refer to

note 4).

Refer to Priority Key

Feature Inoperative.

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–242

Page 1A7–242

No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module

Circuit Description

For TECH 2 to communicate with the seat memory module following must be satisfied:

• There must be no faults in the serial data bus. If there is a fault, it can be caused at anywhere on the bus and an

consist of a short to ground or battery, or an open circuit.

• There must be power and ground circuit to the seat memory module.

If either of these problems exist, TECH 2 will not communicate with either the seat memory module or the entire serial

data bus, depending on where the fault is.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the Step numbers in the diagnostic chart:

1 Checks if the TECH 2 is able to communicate with other modules in the vehicle. Isolates whether the problem is

with the seat memory module and its circuits, or with the serial data bus.

2 Checks that the circuit breaker F2 is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is battery supply to the seat memory module at connector A21 – X1.

4 Circuit 650 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open-circuit in circ uit 650.

5 Circuit 151 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open-circuit in circuit 151.

6 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data line between the seat memory module.

7 Checks whether fusible link F105 is serviceable.

8 Checks for battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates is there is a fault in circuit 540 between connector

X200 and A21–X2, or X200 and circuit breaker F2.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

2 Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not running.

3 Select BODY / DTC CHECK / DTC CHECK and press the

CONFIRM soft key when instructed. If NO DATA is displayed

next to a control module, there is no communication between

TECH 2 and that particular control module.

Can TECH 2 communicate with the BCM and the PCM of the vehicle?

Go to Step 2. Refer to Section 12J

Body Control

Module.

2 1 Disconnect TECH 2 from the DLC.

2 Check the circuit breaker F2, located on the passenger

compartment fuse and relay panel, for serviceability.

Is the circui t breaker serviceable? Go to Step 3.

Check for a short to

ground in circuit

540.

Repair or replace

circuit 540 at

required (refer to

note 2)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–243

Page 1A7–243

Step Action Yes No

3 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 5 and a known

earth with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 7.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X2 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe harness

connector A21 – X2 pin 11 and a known ground and check for

continuity (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Go to Step 5.

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 650.

Repair or replace

circuit 650 as

required (refer to

note 2).

5 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe harness

connector A21 – X2 pin 10 and a known ground and check for

continuity (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity? Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 151.

Repair or replace

circuit 151 as

required (refer to

note 2)

6 1 Disconnect harness connectors A21 – X1 and A15 – X2.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 2 and A15 – X2 pin 9

(refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

1061.

Repair or replace

circuit 1061 as

required (refer to

note 2).

7 1 Check that the fusible link F105, located on the engine

compartment fuse and relay panel assembly.

Is the fusible link F105 serviceable? Go to Step 8.

Replace the fusible

link F105.

If the fusible link

blows again, check

for a short to ground

in circuits 1, 342

and 540 (refer to

note 1).

8 1 Backprobe between connector X200 pin 19 and a known ground

with a test lamp.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit 540

between connector

X200 and A21.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 540 as

required (refer to

note 2).

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 540

between the circuit

breaker F2 and

connector X200.

Repair or replace

circuit 540 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–244

Page 1A7–244

Seat Adjustment Switch Assembly Inoperati ve – RHD

Circuit Description

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat

memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X3 pin 14. Isolates whether the seat memory module is at fault.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the seat adjustment switch assembly. Is olates whether circuit 1674 is at fault.

4 Checks the seat adjustment switch assembly for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch assembly is at fault.

5 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for a short to

ground.

6 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for an open-

circuit. Isolates whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the Init ial

Check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X3 pin 14 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector S51 – X1 pin 5 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4.

There is a short to

ground or an open-

circuit in circ uit

1985.

Repair or replace

circuit 1985 as

required (refer to

note 2)

4 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 5.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–245

Page 1A7–245

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

following harness connectors and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10

• S51 – X1 pin 7

• S51 – X1 pin 9

• S51 – X1 pin 8

• S51 – X1 pin 2

• S51 – X1 pin 4

• S51 – X1 pin 6

• S51 – X1 pin 3

Is continuity present in any of the above tests?

There is a short to

ground in the tested

circuit that displays

continuity on the

multimeter.

Repair or repl ace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

Go to Step 6.

6 1 Disconnect the harness connector A21 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between the following connectors (refer to note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X1 pin 9

• S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X1 pin 10

• S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X1 pin 12

• S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X1 pin 13

• S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 16

• S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 17

• S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X1 pin 14

• S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 15

Is continuity present in any of the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in the tested

circuit that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter.

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–246

Page 1A7–246

Seat Adjustment Switch Assembly Inoperative – LHD

Circuit Description

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat

memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X3 pin 14. Isolates whether the seat memory module is at fault.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the seat adjustment switch assembly. Is olates whether circuit 1674 is at fault.

4 Checks the seat adjustment switch assembly for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch assembly is at fault.

5 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for a short to

ground.

6 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch assembly to the seat memory module for an open-

circuit. Isolates whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X3 pin 14 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector S51 – X1 pin 5 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4.

There is a short to

ground or an open-

circuit in circ uit

1985.

Repair or replace

circuit 1985 as

required (refer to

note 2)

4 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 5.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–247

Page 1A7–247

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

following harness connectors and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10

• S51 – X1 pin 7

• S51 – X1 pin 9

• S51 – X1 pin 8

• S51 – X1 pin 2

• S51 – X1 pin 4

• S51 – X1 pin 6

• S51 – X1 pin 3

Is continuity present in any of the above tests?

There is a short to

ground in the tested

circuit that displays

continuity on the

multimeter.

Repair or repl ace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

Go to Step 6.

6 1 Disconnect the harness connector A21 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between the following connectors (refer to note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X1 pin 10

• S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X1 pin 9

• S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X1 pin 13

• S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X1 pin 12

• S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X1 pin 16

• S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X1 pin 17

• S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X1 pin 14

• S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 15

Is continuity present in any of the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in the tested

circuit that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter.

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–248

Page 1A7–248

Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative

Circuit Description

The seat front lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The

polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the front of the seat. Isolates whether the

seat memory module is faulty.

3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 287 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to lower the front of the seat. Isolates whether the

seat memory module is faulty.

5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to lowe r the front of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 286 or the

seat motor is faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 2 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the front of the

seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the front of the

seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 287.

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 7 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

5 1 Backprobe between connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 4.15 Front Seat

Lift Motor.

There is a fault in

circuit 286.

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–249

Page 1A7–249

Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative

Circuit Description

The seat rear lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The

polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates whether the

seat memory module is faulty.

3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 283 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat me mory module to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates whether the

seat memory module is faulty.

5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 282 or the seat

motor is faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 4 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the rear of the

seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to raise the rear of the

seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 283.

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 3 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

5 1 Backprobe between connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to lower the rear of the

seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat front lift

motor is faulty.

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 4.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies.

There is a fault in

circuit 282.

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–250

Page 1A7–250

Seat Fore / Aft Movement Motor Inoperative

Circuit Description

The seat fore / aft movement motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat forward. Isolates whether the seat

memory module is fau lty .

3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat forward. Isolates whether circuit 284 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat aft. Isolates whether the seat

memory module is fau lty .

5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to move the seat aft. Isolates whether circuit 285 or the seat motor

is faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 1 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 284.

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X2 pin 9 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

5 1 Backprobe between connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft

movement motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 4.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or

Assembly.

There is a fault in

circuit 285.

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–251

Page 1A7–251

Front Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative

Circuit Description

The seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor.

The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back forward. Isolates whether the

seat memory module is faulty.

3 Check if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward. Isolates whether circuit 276 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back aft. Isolates whether the seat

memory module id faulty.

5 Checks that there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft. Isolates whether circuit 277 or the seat

motor is faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X4 pin 6 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

3 1 Backprobe between connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 276.

Repair or replace

circuit 276 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Backprobe between connector A21 – X4 pin 11 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–252

Page 1A7–252

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Backprobe between connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 and a known

ground with a test lamp (refer to note 1).

2 Use the seat adjustment switch assembly to move the seat-back

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

The seat fore/aft

movement motor is

faulty.

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 4.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Mot or

Assembly.

There is a fault in

circuit 277.

Repair or replace

circuit 277 (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–253

Page 1A7–253

Memory Positi on Swit ch Inoper ati ve – RHD

Circuit Description

The memory position switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks the memory position switch for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch is at fault.

3 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for a short to ground.

4 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for an open-circuit. Isolates

whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

3 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

following harness connectors and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1):

• A21 – X1 pin 3

• A21 – X1 pin 4

• A21 – X1 pin 5

• A21 – X1 pin 6

• A21 – X1 pin 7

• A21 – X3 pin 15

Is there continuity present in any of the above tests?

There is a short to

ground in the tested

circuit that displays

continuity on the

multimeter

Repair or repl ace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

Go to Step 4.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–254

Page 1A7–254

Step Action Yes No

4 1 Disconnect harness connector S52 – X1 from the memory

position switch.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between the following connectors:

• A21 – X1 pin 3 and S52 – X1 pin 5

• A21 – X1 pin 4 and S52 – X1 pin 1

• A21 – X1 pin 5 and S52 – X1 pin 2

• A21 – X1 pin 6 and S52 – X1 pin 3

• A21 – X1 pin 7 and S52 – X1 pin 4

• A21 – X3 pin 15 and S52 – X1 pin 6

Is continuity present in all the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open

circuit in the tested

circuit that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter.

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–255

Page 1A7–255

Memory Position Switch Inoperative – LHD

Circuit Description

The memory position switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks the memory position switch for serviceability. Isolates whether the switch is at fault.

3 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for a short to ground.

4 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for an open-circuit. Isolates

whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 3.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

3 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

following harness connectors and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1):

• A21 – X1 pin 3

• A21 – X1 pin 4

• A21 – X1 pin 5

• A21 – X1 pin 6

• A21 – X1 pin 7

• A21 – X3 pin 15

Is continuity present in all the above tests?

There is a short to

ground in the tested

circuit that displays

continuity on the

multimeter

Repair or repl ace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

Go to Step 5.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–256

Page 1A7–256

Step Action Yes No

4 1 Disconnect harness connector S52 – X1 from the memory

position switch.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between the following connectors:

• A21 – X1 pin 3 and S52 – X1 pin 2

• A21 – X1 pin 4 and S52 – X1 pin 6

• A21 – X1 pin 5 and S52 – X1 pin 5

• A21 – X1 pin 6 and S52 – X1 pin 4

• A21 – X1 pin 7 and S52 – X1 pin 3

• A21 – X3 pin 15 and S52 – X1 pin 1

Is continuity present in any of the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open

circuit in the tested

circuit that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter.

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

(refer to note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–257

Page 1A7–257

Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD

Circuit Description

The front lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertic al

position of the front of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B137 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B137 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

3 1 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B137 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B137 – X1 pins 1 and 2.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to raise and lower the front of the seat.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–258

Page 1A7–258

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 10 and B137 –

X1 pin 2 (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

2940.

Repair or replace

circuit 2940 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 8 and B137 –

X1 pin 1 (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 557.

Repair or replace

circuit 557 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–259

Page 1A7–259

Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD

Circuit Description

The front lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertic al

position of the front of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B137 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B137 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

3 1 Scroll to FRONT VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B137 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B137 – X1 pins 2 and 3.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to raise and lower the front of the seat.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–260

Page 1A7–260

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 10 and B137 –

X1 pin 3 (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

2940.

Repair or replace

circuit 2940 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 8 and B137 –

X1 pin 2 (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 557.

Repair or replace

circuit 557 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–261

Page 1A7–261

Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD

Circuit Description

The rear lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertical

position of the rear of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B140 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B140 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

3 1 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B140 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B140 – X1 pins 2 and 3.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to raise and lower the rear of the seat.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–262

Page 1A7–262

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 9 and B140 –

X1 pin 3 (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

3040.

Repair or replace

circuit 3040 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 7 and B140 –

X1 pin 2 (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 568.

Repair or replace

circuit 568 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–263

Page 1A7–263

Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD

Circuit Description

The rear lift motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the vertic al

position of the rear of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B140 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B140 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

3 1 Scroll to REAR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B140 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B140 – X1 pins 1 and 2.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to raise and lower the rear of the seat.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–264

Page 1A7–264

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 9 and B140 –

X1 pin 2 (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

3040.

Repair or replace

circuit 3040 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 7 and B140 –

X1 pin 1 (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 568.

Repair or replace

circuit 568 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–265

Page 1A7–265

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check

Circuit Description

The horizontal motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the horizontal

position of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B138 – X1 and A21 – X3. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B138 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / IMPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

3 1 Scroll to HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B138 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B138 – X1 pins 1 and 3.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to move the seat fore and aft.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–266

Page 1A7–266

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 5 and B138 –

X1 pin 3 (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

3140.

Repair or replace

circuit 3140 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X3 pin 6 and B138 –

X1 pin 1 (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 569.

Repair or replace

circuit 569 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–267

Page 1A7–267

Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check

Circuit Description

The recline motor potentiometer provides a signal (voltage) to the seat memory module. This signal is the recline position

of the seat to the seat memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

2 Checks that the potentiometer connector is secure and if this was the fault affecting the system.

3 Using TECH 2, checks that the voltage reading across the potentiometer is within the specified range.

4 Checks that the resistance range of the potentiometer is within its parameters. Isolates whether the potentiometer

is faulty.

5-6 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors B139 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates wh ether there is a fault

in the harness or the seat memory module.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, re fer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the initial check been performed? Go to Step 2. Perform the initial

check in this

Section.

2 1 Check that the connector B139 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

3 Select BODY / SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MODULE /

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY / INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

4 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR

Does TECH 2 show the potentiometer as CONNECTED?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4

3 1 Scroll to RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL.

Does TECH 2 display a value of between 1.5 and 4.2 volts? System serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 Disconnect harness connector B139 – X1 from the

potentiometer.

2 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609-20, measure the

resistance across B139 – X1 pins 2 and 3.

3 While monitoring the multim eter, use the seat adjustment switch

to move the seat fore and aft.

4 The resistance value displayed on the multimeter should read

between 0 and 10 kΩ.

Is the resistance value of the potentiometer within the specified

range?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the position

sensor

potentiometer, refer

to 4.19 Drive Motor

Potentiometers.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–268

Page 1A7–268

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X4 pin 3 and B139 –

X1 pin 2.

Is the continuity?

Go to Step 6.

There is an open-

circuit in circ uit

3240.

Repair or replace

circuit 3240 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, check for continuity

between harness connectors A21 – X4 pin 1 and B139 –

X1 pin 3.

Is there continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 570.

Repair or replace

circuit 570 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–269

Page 1A7–269

Priority Key Feature Inoperative

Circuit Description

The priority key function interfaces with numerous systems on the vehicle. When the vehicle is unlocked using the

remote control, the seat memory module is activated by the interior illumination relay. Depending upon which key is used

(priority key 1 or priority key 2), the driver's seat moves to the position in which it was set when the vehicle was lo cked

using the remote control of th at priority key.

NOTE

The priority key function also affects the exterior

rear-view mirror position.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks that there is battery power supplied to the seat memory module from the interior illumination relay.

2 Checks that the interior illumination circuit, which is part of the circuit that supplies power to the seat memory

module, operates. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 149 or there is a problem with the interior illumination

circuit and the BCM.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 With the vehicles door open, backprobe between connector

A21 – X1 pin 20 and a known ground with a test lamp

(refer to note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

Go to Step 2.

2 W hen the vehicle's doors are opened, does the interior light

illuminate?

There is a fault in

circuit 149 betw een

connector A21 –

X1 pin 20 and the

interior illumination

relay on the

passenger

compartment fus e

and relay panel

assembly.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 149 as

requires (refer to

note 2)

Check the interior

illumination relay for

serviceability.

Refer to Section 12J

Body Control

Module, for priority

key diagnosis.

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–270

Page 1A7–270

DTC 1 — Front Vertical Up Swit ch Stuck

Right-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 1 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat up function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1518 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1518 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4. If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1518.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1518 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–271

Page 1A7–271

Left-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 1 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat up function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1518 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1518 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 7 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1518.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1518 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–272

Page 1A7–272

DTC 2 — Front Vertical Down Swit ch Stuck

Right-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 2 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat down function

of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1520 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1520 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 7 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1520.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1520 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–273

Page 1A7–273

Left-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 2 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the front seat down function

of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1520 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1520 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1520.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1520 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–274

Page 1A7–274

DTC 3 — Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck

Right-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 3 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat up function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1519 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1519 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 9 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1519.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1519 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–275

Page 1A7–275

Left-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 3 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat up function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – LHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1519 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1519 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front s eat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 8 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1519.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1519 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–276

Page 1A7–276

DTC 4 — Rear Vertical Down Switch Stuck

Right-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 4 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat down function

of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD and Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated

components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1521 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1521 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 8 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1521.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1521 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–277

Page 1A7–277

Left-hand Drive

Circui t Description

When a DTC 4 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the rear seat down function

of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1521 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1521 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 9 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1521.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1521 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–278

Page 1A7–278

DTC 5 — Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 5 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat forward function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1523 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1523 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 6 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1523.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1523 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–279

Page 1A7–279

DTC 6 — Horizontal Back Switch Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 6 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat aft function of the

seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1522 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1522 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1522.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1522 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–280

Page 1A7–280

DTC 7 — Recline Up Switch Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 7 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat-back forward

function of the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1269 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1269 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, re fer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1269.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1269 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–281

Page 1A7–281

DTC 8 — Recline Down Switch Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 8 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the seat-back aft function of

the seat adjustment switch assembly has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 1270 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 1270 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the front seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to

5.5 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the front seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2.

Replace the front

seat adjust ment

switch, refer to

4.4 Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect the harness connector S51 –X1 from the front seat

adjustment switch assembly.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector S51 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

1270.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1270 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–282

Page 1A7–282

DTC 9 — Memory Button 1 Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 9 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 1 of the

memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 615 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 615 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 2.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 4 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is there battery voltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

615.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 615 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–283

Page 1A7–283

DTC 10 — Memory Button 2 Stuck

Circuit Description

When a DTC 10 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 2 of the

memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 616 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 616 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 2.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 5 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is there battery voltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

616.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 616 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–284

Page 1A7–284

DTC 11 — Memory Button 3 Stuck

When a DTC 11 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the memory button 3 of the

memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 614 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 614 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 2.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 6 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is there battery voltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

614.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 614 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–285

Page 1A7–285

DTC 12 — Mi rror DIP Button Stuck

When a DTC 12 has been set, the seat memory module has received an input indicating that the mirror dip / memory

store (M) button of the memory position switch has been depressed for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the seat memory module and associated components.

Test Description

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if the circuit 2293 is shorted to battery. Isolates if the circuit 2293 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Note on Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Se ction 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 6.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable?

Go to Step 2.

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 4.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly.

2 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 7 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is there battery voltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

2293.

Repair or re place

circuit 2293 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–286

Page 1A7–286

DTC 13 — No Serial Data

If DTC 13 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module in this Section.

DTC 14 — No Exterior Mirror Communications

If DTC 14 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to 6.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors, Initial Check

DTC 15 — Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 15 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD for right-hand drive

vehicles, or Seat Front Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD for left-hand drive in this Section noting the following:

1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 16 — Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 16 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – RHD for right-hand drive

vehicles, or Seat Rear Lift Motor Potentiometer Check – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles in this Section noting the

following:

1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 17 — Horizontal Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 17 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the

following:

1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 18 — Recline Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 18 is displayed by TEC H 2, refer to Seat-back Recline Motor Potentiometer Check in this Section noting the

following:

1 The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 19 — ECU Malfunction

Replace the seat memory module, refer to 4.12 Seat Memory Module.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–287

Page 1A7–287

6.9 Memory Position Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Remove

To remove the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Reinstall

To reinstall the memory position switch, refer to 4.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Test

1 Place the switch in the positions as detailed in the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the digital multimeter

onto the terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

2 When testing the LED, ensure multimeter is set to diode range and note polarity of probes.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceable item.

Figure 1A7 – 176

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–288

Page 1A7–288

RIGHT-HAND SEAT MEMORY POSITION SWITCH

SWITCH DE PRESSED SWITCH TERMI NAL S INDICATION IF SWITCH IS

SERVICEABLE

------------ 6 and 1, 2, 3 and 4 Open c i rcuit

Button 1 6 and 1 Continuity

Button 2 6 and 2 Continuity

Button 3 6 and 3 Continuity

Button M 6 and 4 Continuity

------------ 5 (+) probe and 6 (–) probe LED illuminated

LEFT-HAND SEAT MEMORY POSITION SWITCH

SWITCH DEPRESSED SWITCH TERMINALS INDICATION IF SWITCH IS

SERVICEABLE

------------ 1 and 3, 4, 5 and 6 Open c i rcuit

Button 1 1 and 6 Continuity

Button 2 1 and 5 Continuity

Button 3 1 and 4 Continuity

Button M 1 and 3 Continuity

------------ 2 (+) probe and 1 (–) probe LED illuminated

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–289

Page 1A7–289

6.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors

Wiri ng Diagr am – RHD

Figure 1A7 – 177

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–290

Page 1A7–290

Wiring Diagram – LHD

Figure 1A7 – 178

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–291

Page 1A7–291

Connector Chart

Figure 1A7 – 179

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–292

Page 1A7–292

Initial Check

Circuit Description

This operational check uses TECH 2 to test the functionality of the exterior rear-view mirrors and isolates which system is

faulty. The seat memory module provides electric al power, ground and serial data communications to the mirrors. As

described in 1 General Information, the mirrors can be controlled:

• manually by the mirror control switch located on the driver's door,

• by the pressing any of the memory buttons on the memory position switch, and

• dip the pass enger's mirror when reversing.

Refer to 1 General Information for further details on the operation of the exterior rear-view mirror.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated components.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

1 Ensures TECH 2 can communicate with the seat memory module.

2 Checks existence of any diagnostic trouble codes.

3 Tests whether TECH 2 is receiving serial data from both the exterior rear-view mirrors and the mirror control switch

via the rear-view mirror. All serial data communications needs to be interrupted to these assemblies for TECH 2 to

display that there is a problem.

4 Tests whether serial data is being received at right exterior mirror only.

5 Tests whether serial data is being received at left exterior mirror only.

6-9 Checks that the mirror control switch is serviceable. Also checks whether the exterior rear-view mirrors and circ uits

are serviceable.

10 Checks if the mirror dip function is serviceable.

11 Checks if the mirror heating function is serviceable.

12 Checks whether the memory recall function of the exterior rear-view mirrors is serviceable. This function is

controlled by the seat memory module which transmits through the serial a signal to inform the mirrors what

position they should be in. The exterior rear-view mirror assemblies store the physical position within their own

modules. If the seat aspect of this feature is operational, the exterior rear-view mirror assembly is faulty and must

be replaced.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Connect TECH 2 to the DLC.

1 Scroll to BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR MEMORY

MODULE.

2 Turn the ignition switch ON.

Does the System Identification Screen display system information?

Go to Step 2.

There is a problem

with the seat

memory module.

Refer to

6.8 Electrical

Diagnosis –

Memory Seat

2 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES \ READ

DTC INFORMATION.

Are there any diagnostic trouble codes displayed?

Go to appropriate

DTC table. Go to Step 3.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–293

Page 1A7–293

Step Action Yes No

3 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUTS

AND OUTPUTS.

2 Scroll to BUTTON PACK COMMUNICATION.

Does TECH 2 display OK?

Go to Step 4.

Refer to No Serial

Data from Exterior

Rear-view Mirrors

in this Section.

4 1 Scroll to RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION.

Does the RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION display

OK? Go to Step 5.

Refer to No Serial

Data – Right-hand

Exterior Rear-view

Mirror in this

Section.

5 1 Scroll to LEFT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION.

Does the LEFT EXTERIOR MIRROR COMMUNICATION display

OK? Go to Step 6.

Refer to No Serial

Data – Left-hand

Exterior Rear-view

Mirror in this

Section.

6 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUT

AND OUTPUT.

2 Scroll to RIGHT EXTERIOR MIRROR SWITCH.

3 Monitor TECH 2.

4 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the

position to control the right exterior mirror.

5 Using the rear-view mirror switch:

• Press the right exterior mirror UP.

• Press the right exterior mirror DOWN.

• Press the right exterior mirror LEFT.

• Press the right exterior mirror RIGHT.

Does TECH 2 display UP, DOWN, LEFT, then RIGHT during

operation?

Go to Step 7.

Refer to Mirror

Control Switch

Inoperative in this

Section.

7 During the test in Step 6, does the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror

move in the following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not

move.

• When the switch is in the UP position, the mirror moves up

• When the switch is in the DOWN posi tion, the mirror moves

down

• When the switch is in the RIGHT position, the mirror moves

right, and

• When the switch is in the LEFT position, the mirror moves left.

NOTE

Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel

in any direction when performing this test.

Go to Step 8.

Replace the right-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–294

Page 1A7–294

Step Action Yes No

8 1 On TECH 2, select LEFT EXTERIOR MIRROR SWITCH.

2 Monitor TECH 2.

3 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the

position to contr ol the left exterior mirror.

4 Using the rear-view mirror switch:

• Press the left exterior mirror U P.

• Press the left exterior mirror D OWN.

• Press the left exterior mirror LE FT .

• Press the left exterior mirror RI G HT .

Does:

• the left exterior mirror move in all directions, and

• TECH 2 display UP, DOWN, LEFT, then RIGHT during

operation?

Go to Step 9.

Refer to Mirror

Control Switch

Inoperative in this

Section.

9 During the test in Step 8, does the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror

move in the following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not

move.

• When the switch is in the UP position, the mirror moves up

• When the switch is in the DOWN posi tion, the mirror moves

down

• When the switch is in the RIGHT position, the mirror moves

right, and

• When the switch is in the LEFT position, the mirror moves left.

NOTE

Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel

in any direction when performing this test.

Go to Step 10.

Replace the left-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors

10 Is there is a problem with the mirror dip function? Refer to Mirror Dip

Function Check. Go to Step 11.

11 Is there is a problem with the mirror heating function? Refer to Mirror

Heating Functio n

Check Go to Step 12.

12 Is there a problem with the memory recall function of the exterior

rear-view mirrors? If both exterior rear-

view mirrors are

unable to recall

memory positions,

check the

functionality of the

seat, refer to

6.8 Electrical

Diagnosis –

Memory Seat

If only one mirror is

unable to recall

memory positions,

replace the m i rror

assembly. Refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors.

System

serviceable.

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–295

Page 1A7–295

Mirror Dip Function Check

Circuit Description

The mirror dip function is operational when:

• the mirror dip function is enabled, refer to 1 General Information for details on how to enable the dip function

• a position for the passenger's exterior rear-view mirror is stored as the mirror dip

• the transmission selector must be placed in REVERSE

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks whether the mirror DIP function is ENABLED.

3 Checks whether the mirror DIP function operates and is posi tioned correctly.

4 Checks whether the mirror DIP function returns an ACTIVE message on TECH 2 when the transmission selector is

placed in REVERSE. Isolates whether there is a fault with the seat memory module, or there is a problem with the

serial data from the transmission selector.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \

MEMORY.

2 Scroll to PRIORITY 1.

3 Monitor TECH 2.

Does TECH 2 display MIRROR DIP BUTTON as ENABLED?

Go to Step 3.

Enable mirror DIP

function, refer to

1 General

Information.

Go to Step 3.

3 1 Ensure the stored mirror DIP position is noti cea bly differe nt

from the standard position of the left exterior mirror, refer to

1 General Information.

2 Check the mirror DIP function by placing the transmission

selector in reverse.

Does the mirror DIP function operate?

System

serviceable. Go to Step 4.

4 1 On TECH 2, select BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUTS

AND OUTPUTS.

2 Scroll to REVERSE GEAR.

Does TECH 2 display REVERSE GEAR as ACTIVE?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

Refer to

Section 6C3–2C

Functional Check.

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–296

Page 1A7–296

Mirror Heating Functi on Check

Circuit Description

When the demist button the instrument panel is pressed to activate the demist function, the request is sent through the

serial data bus to the exterior rear-view mirror assemblies.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks whether TECH 2 confirms the demist function has been activated.

3 Checks whether the heater element in the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear

window demister are switched ON.

4 Checks if the right-hand mirror heater element is serviceable. Isolates whether the heater element or the exterior

rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.

5 Checks whether the heater element in the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear

window demister are switched ON.

6 Checks if the left-hand mirror heater element is serviceable. Isolates whether the heater element or the exterior

rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 1 On TECH 2, scroll to BODY \ SEAT AND EXTERIOR MIRROR

MEMORY MODULE \ DIAGNOSTIC DATA DISPLAY \ INPUT

AND OUTPUT.

2 Scroll to DEMIST REQUEST.

3 Turn the rear window demister ON.

Does TECH 2 display DEMIST REQUEST as YES?

Go to Step 3.

Refer to

Section 12J Body

Control Module.

Go to Step 3.

3 Operate the rear window demister for 2–3 minutes.

Does the right exterior mirror feel warm? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.

Turn the rear window demister OFF before removing

and replacing the right exterior mirror glass.

Test the heater element of the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror,

refer to Section 12H Rear-view Mirrors.

Is the heater element serviceable?

Replace the right-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors.

Replace the right-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror glass,

refer to Section

12H Rear-view

Mirrors.

Go to Step 5.

5 Operate the rear window demister for 2–3 minutes.

Does the left exterior mirror feel warm? System

serviceable. Go to Step 6.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–297

Page 1A7–297

Step Action Yes No

Turn the rear window demister OFF before removing

and replacing the left exterior mirror glass.

Test the heater element of the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror,

refer to Section 12H Rear-view Mirrors.

Is the heater element serviceable?

Replace the left-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors.

Replace the left-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror glass,

refer to Section

12H Rear-view

Mirrors.

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–298

Page 1A7–298

No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors

Circuit Description

The exterior rear-view mirrors have a common power, ground and serial data connector at the seat memory module. If

the circuit is followed, there are two splices in each of the power, ground and data communication circuits. In this test, as

there are not serial data communications with any of the exterior rear-view mirrors, it is assumed that the fault will be in a

location common to all circuits.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated components.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks if the connectors common to the serial data communication for the exterior rear-view mirrors are secure.

3 Checks if battery voltage is present for the exterior rear-view mirror system at the seat memory module.

4 Checks if the seat memory module is supplying a ground circuit for the exterior rear-view mirror system.

5 Checks the battery supply circuit for a short to ground.

6 Checks the ground circuit for a short to battery.

7 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data circuit between A22 – X1 pin 11 and X500 pin 7. Isolates whether the

is an open-circuit in circuit 787 that will affect all the exterior rear-view mirrors, or the seat memory module is at

fault.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 Ensure that the following connectors are secure:

• A21 – X1

• A21 – X3

• X315

Are all the connectors secure?

Go to Step 3. Secure the relevant

connectors.

3 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

seat memory module connector A21 – X1 pin 1 and a known

ground, and check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

Go to Step 4.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memory Module.

4 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

seat memory module connector A21 – X3 pin 16 and a known

ground, and check for continuity (refer to note 1).

Is the continuity present?

Go to Step 5.

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memory Module.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–299

Page 1A7–299

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 1 and a known ground, and

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present?

There is a short to

ground in circuit

881.

Repair or re place

circuit 881 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Go to Step 6.

6 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector A21 – X3 pin 16 and a known ground, and

check for battery voltage (refer to note 1).

Is battery vo ltage present?

There is a short to

battery in circuit

785.

Repair or re place

circuit 785 as

required (refer to

note 2).

Go to Step 7.

7 1 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between the

harness connector A21 – X1 pin 11:

• X500 pin 7 for right-hand drive, or

• X600 pin 7 for left-hand drive,

and check for continuity (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity present?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 4.12 Seat

Memo r y Mod u le .

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 787.

This open circuit

should be between

connector A21 –

X1 pin 11 and the

first splice on circui t

787 as there is no

data

communications for

the exterior rear-

view mirrors.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 787 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–300

Page 1A7–300

No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror

Circuit Description

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated components.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks whether the there is battery voltage supplied to the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 881 between X602 and A21 – X1.

3 Checks whether the ground circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror is complete. Isolates whether there is

a fault in circuit 785 between X602 and A21 – X3.

4 Checks whether the serial data circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there

is fault in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X1 and X602, or the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror assembly

is faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe connector X602 pin B with a test lamp (refer to

note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in

circuit 881 betw een

X602 and A21 –

X1.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 881 (refer to

note 2).

3 1 Disconnect harness connector X602.

2 Using a multimeter and Toll No . KM609–20, probe between

harness connector X602 pin D and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity present?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 785 betw een

X602 and A21 –

X3.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 785 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X602 pin A, and

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present?

Replace the right-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r -

view Mirrors.

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 787

between

connectors A21 –

X1 and X6 02.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 787 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–301

Page 1A7–301

No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror

Circuit Description.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated components.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks whether the there is battery voltage supplied to the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates whether

there is a fault in circuit 881 between X502 and A21 – X1.

3 Checks whether the ground circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror is complete. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 785 betw een X502 and A21 – X3.

4 Checks whether the serial data circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there

is fault in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X1 and X502, or the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror assembly is

faulty.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Di agrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 1 Backprobe connector X502 pin B with a test lamp (refer to

note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3.

There is a fault in

circuit 881 betw een

X502 and A21 –

X1.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 881 (refer to

note 2).

3 1 Disconnect harness connectors X502.

2 Using a multimeter and Toll No . KM609–20, probe between

harness connector X502 pin D and a known ground, and check

for continuity (refer to note 1).

Is there continuity present?

Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 785 betw een

X502 and A21 –

X3.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 785 (refer to

note 2).

4 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X1.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X502 pin A, and

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present?

Replace the left-

hand exterior rear-

view mirror

assembly, refer to

Section 12H Rea r-

view Mirrors.

There is an open-

circuit in circuit 787

between

connectors A21 –

X1 and X5 02.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 787 as

required (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–302

Page 1A7–302

Mirror Control Switch Inoperative

Circuit Description

When the mirror control switch is used, the signal that it generates is converted by the rear-view mirror module to serial

data. It is then transmitted over the serial data bus. The exterior rear-view mirrors then receive this serial data and move

the appropriate exterior rear-view mirror in the direction that was pressed on the mirror control switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – RHD for right-hand drive vehicles or Wiring Diagram – LHD for left-hand drive vehicles and

Connector Chart to aid in diagnosis of the exterior rear-view mirrors and associated components.

Test Description

The followi ng numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic chart:

2 Checks if the mirror control switch is servic eable.

3 Checks whether there is battery power to the rear view mirror module. Isol ates whether there is a fault in circuit 881

between A73 – X2 and A21 – X1.

4 Checks whether there is battery power to the mirror control switch. Isolates whether the rear view mirror module is

at fault.

5 Checks if the ground circuit for the rear view mirror module is complete. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit

785 between A73 – X2 and A21 – X1.

6 Checks is the ground circuit for the mirror control switch is complete. Isolates whether the rear view mirror module

is at fault.

7 Checks if there is continuity on the serial data bus between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X1. Isolates whether

there is an open-circuit in circuit 787 between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X1, or the rear view memory module

is at fault.

Notes on the Diagnostic Chart

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnosis, refer to Section 12P W i ring Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnes ses for harness routeing.

4 If at any time the fault is deemed to be interm ittent, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed? Go to Step 2. Refer to Initial

Check in this

Section.

2 Test the mirror control switch, refer to Section 12H, 2.3 Mirror Control

Switch in the MY 2003 VY and V2 Service Operations.

Is the mirror control switch serviceable? Go to Step 3.

Replace the mirror

control sw itch, ref er

to Section 12H,

2.3 Mirror Control

Switch in the

MY 2003 VY and

V2 Service

Operations

3 Backprobe connector A73 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4.

There is a fault in

circuit 881 betw een

A73 – X2 and

A21 – X1.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 881 as

required (refer to

note 2).

4 Backprobe connector S169 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5.

Replace the rear

view mirror module,

refer to Section

1A5, 2.2 Rear View

Mirror Module.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–303

Page 1A7–303

Step Action Yes No

5 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, backprobe

between connector A73 –X2 pin 1 and a known ground, and

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present? Go to Step 6.

There is a fault in

circuit 785 betw een

A73 – X2 and

A21 – X1.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 785 as

required (refer to

note 2).

6 1 Using a multim eter and Tool No. KM609–20, backprobe

between connector S169 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground,

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present?

Go to Step 7.

Replace the rear

view mirror module,

refer to Section

1A5, 2.2 Rear View

Mirror Module.

7 1 Disconnect harness connectors A21 – X1 and A73 – X2.

2 Using a multimeter and Tool No. KM609–20, probe between

harness connectors A73 –X2 pin 3 and a A21 – X1 pin 11, and

check for continuity (refer to no te 1).

Is there continuity present?

Replace the rear

view mirror module,

refer to Section

1A5, 2.2 Rear View

Mirror Module.

There is an open-

circuit in 787

between

connectors A73 –

X2 and A21 – X1.

Repair or repl ace

circuit 787 (refer to

note 2).

When all diagno ses are compl eted, ens ure all sea t components are

reconnected; clear all DTCs and verify correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–304

Page 1A7–304

7 Service Operations – Rear Seat

7.1 Rear Seat Usage Chart

How To Use This Chart

Eight rear seat configurations are used in the MY 2004 WK Series vehicles. The following usage chart is provided to help

determine the rear seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to any repairs being performed, as the part

requiring replacement may not be serviceable.

To determine the rear seat type fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle Level, the seat fabric type and then establish if the

vehicle has an armrest and/or headrest. Using the chart will lead to the elimination of all other seat combinations,

allowing the identification of the rear seat type and the construction of the seat. Finally, refer to the Figure shown in the

rear seat type column for a component breakdown of the rear seat assembly.

1 Vehicle – Vehicle Level identification.

2 Fabric – Cloth or Leather seat covers.

3 Armrest with Compartment. – If the rear seat-back as sembly is fitted with an armrest which, incorporates a

convenienc e compartment.

4 Head Restraint – If the rear seat-back is fitted with a headrest.

5 Centre Head Restraint – If the rear seat is fitted with a centre headrest mounted in the centre tray.

6 Construction – Surebond refers to the seat cover being glued to the seat pad and only serviced as a cover and

pad assembly. Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being able to be attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type

material and both being serviced as separate parts. Conventional Pull-down refers to the seat cover being attached

to the pad and frame with a retainer wire and hog rings, with all parts being serviced.

7 Rear Seat Type – Identifies the rear seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a

breakdown of the serviced component for each rear seat assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–305

Page 1A7–305

Domestic

Vehicle Fabric Armrest

(With

Compartment)

Head

Restraint Centre Head

Restraint Construction Rear Seat Type

(Refer to)

Statesman

Level 4 Cloth Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 5

(Figure 1A7 –

178)

Statesman

Level 4 Leather Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 6

(Figure 1A7 –

179)

Caprice

Level 5

Two

Passenger

Rear Seat

Leather Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 7

(Figure 1A7 –

180)

Caprice

Level 5

Three

Passenger

Rear Seat

Leather Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 8

(Figure 1A7 –

181)

Gulf States

Vehicle Fabric Armrest

(With

Compartment)

Head

Restraint Centre head

Restraint Construction Rear Seat Type

(Refer to)

Caprice LS

Level 1 Cloth No No No Surebond 1

(Figure 1A7 –

180)

Caprice LTZ

Level 2 Cloth No Yes No Conventional

Pull-down 2

(Figure 1A7 –

175)

Caprice LTZ

Level 2 Leather No Yes No Conventional

Pull-down 3

(Figure 1A7 –

176)

Caprice SS

Level 3 Leather No Yes Yes Hook and Loop 4

(Figure 1A7 –

177)

Caprice

Royale

Level 5

Two

Passenger

Rear Seat

Leather Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 7

(Figure 1A7 –

180)

Caprice

Royale

Level 5

Three

Passenger

Rear Seat

Leather Yes Yes Yes Conventional

Pull-down 8

(Figure 1A7 –

181)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–306

Page 1A7–306

Rear Seat Type 1

Figure 1A7 – 180

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Assem bly, LH

3 Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Ass embly

4 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

5 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Wi re Retainer

7 Hog Ring

8 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

9 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

10 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

11 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

12 Release Butt on Rod

13 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

14 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 188 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–307

Page 1A7–307

Rear Seat Type 2

Figure 1A7 – 181

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–308

Page 1A7–308

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover Assembly, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover Assembly, LH

5 Rear Seat-back Cover Ret a i ner Wire

6 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

7 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

8 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

9 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

10 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

11 Hog Ring

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

13 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

15 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

16 Release Butt on Rod

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

18 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

19 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

20 Head Restraint Cover, One Place Eac h Side

21 Head Restraint Sl eeve, Two Places Each Side

22 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retainer Wire, RH

23 Rear Seat-back Outer Groove Retainer Wire, RH

24 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retai ner Wire, LH

25 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

26 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Cent re Retainer Wi re, Four

Places

27 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Front Retai ner Wi re, Two Places

28 Rear Seat Cushion Inner Retaining Wire, Two Places

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 188 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–309

Page 1A7–309

Rear Seat Type 3

Figure 1A7 – 182

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–310

Page 1A7–310

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat-back Cover Retainer Wire, One Place Each Side

6 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

7 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

8 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

9 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

10 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

11 Hog Ring

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

13 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

15 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

16 Release Butt on Rod

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

18 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

19 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

20 Head Restraint Cover, One Place Eac h Side

21 Head Restraint Sl eeve, Two Places Each Side

22 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retainer Wire, RH

23 Rear Seat-back Outer Retainer Wire, RH

24 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retai ner Wire, LH

25 Rear Seat-back Outer Ret ai ner W ire, LH

26 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

27 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Front Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

28 Rear Seat Cushion Inner Retaining Wire, Two Places

∗∗∗∗ Refer to Figure 1A7 – 188 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–311

Page 1A7–311

Rear Seat Type 4

Figure 1A7 – 183

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–312

Page 1A7–312

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

8 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

9 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

10 Hog Ring

11 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

13 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

15 Release Butt on Rod

16 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

18 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

19 Rear Seat-back Head Rest rai nt Cover, One Pl ace Each Side

20 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places Each

Side

21 Rear Seat-back Head Centre Head Restraint Pad Assembly

22 Rear Seat-back Head Centre Head Res traint Cover

23 Rear Seat-back Head Centre Head Restraint Sleeve, Two

Places

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 188 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–313

Page 1A7–313

Rear Seat Type 5

Figure 1A7 – 184

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–314

Page 1A7–314

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat-back Cover Ret a i ner Wire

6 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

7 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

8 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

9 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

10 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

11 Hog Ring

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

13 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

15 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

16 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

17 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

18 Rear Seat-back Head Rest rai nt Cover, One Pl ace Each Side

19 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places Each

Side

20 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retai ner Wire

21 Rear Seat-back Outer Ret ai ner W ire, LH

22 Rear Seat-back Outer Retainer Wire, RH

23 Rear Seat-back Vertical Groove Retainer Wire

24 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

25 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Cent re Retainer Wi re, Four

Places

26 Rear Seat Cushion Front Retainer Wire, Two Places

27 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Inner Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

28 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Cover

29 Rear Seat-back Cent re Head Restraint Pad

30 Rear Seat-back Cent re Head Restraint S leeve, Two Places

∗∗∗∗ Refer to Figure 1A7 – 189 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre tray and armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–315

Page 1A7–315

Rear Seat Type 6

Figure 1A7 – 185

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–316

Page 1A7–316

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat-back Cover Ret a i ner Wire

6 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

7 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

8 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

9 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, 2 Places

10 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

11 Hog Ring

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

13 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

15 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

16 Release Butt on Rod

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

18 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

19 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

20 Rear Seat-back Head Rest rai nt Cover, One Pl ace Each Side

21 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places Each

Side

22 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retai ner Wire

23 Rear Seat-back Outer Ret ai ner W ire

24 Rear Seat-back Upper Hori zont al Groove Retai ner Wire

25 Rear Seat-back Outer Ret ai ner W ire

26 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

27 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Front Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

28 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Inner Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

29 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Cover

30 Rear Seat-back Cent re Head Restraint Pad

31 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places

∗

∗∗

∗ Refer to Figure 1A7 – 189 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre tray and armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–317

Page 1A7–317

Rear Seat Type 7

Figure 1A7 – 186

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–318

Page 1A7–318

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame, Two Places

8 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

9 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner W i re

10 Hog Ring

11 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

13 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

15 Release Butt on Rod

16 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

18 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

19 Rear Seat-back Head Rest rai nt Cover, One Pl ace Each Side

20 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places Each

Side

21 Rear Seat-back Cent re Head Restraint Pad

22 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Cover

23 Centre Head Rest rai nt Sleeve, Two Places

24 Rear Seat-back Inner Horizontal Groove Retainer Wire

25 Rear Seat-back Outer Groove Retainer Wire

26 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

27 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Inner Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

28 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Front Retainer Wi re, Two Plac es

29 Rear Seat-back Cushion Head Restraint Retainer Wire

∗

∗∗

∗ Refer to Figure 1A7 – 189 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre tray and armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–319

Page 1A7–319

Rear Seat Type 8

Figure 1A7 – 187

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–320

Page 1A7–320

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, RH

2 Rear Seat-back Cover, RH

3 Rear Seat-back Pad and Frame Assembly, LH

4 Rear Seat-back Cover, LH

5 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover

7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

8 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle, Two Places

9 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Ret ai ner Wi re, Two Places

10 Hog Ring

11 Rear Seat-back Cent re Cover

12 Rear Seat-back Cent re Pad

13 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assem bl y ∗

∗∗

∗

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

15 Release Butt on Rod

16 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock St riker

17 Rear Seat-back Cent re Striker Cover

18 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Pad Assembly, One Place

Each Side

19 Rear Seat-back Head Rest rai nt Cover, One Pl ace Each Side

20 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places Each

Side

21 Rear Seat-back Cent re Head Restraint Pad Assembly

22 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Cover

23 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Sleeve, Two Places

24 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Outer Retainer W i re, Two Places

25 Rear Seat Cushion Cover I nner Retainer Wi re, Two Places

26 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Front Retai ner Wi re, Four Plac es

27 Rear Seat-back Outer Groove Retainer Wire

28 Rear Seat-back Cushion Inner Horizontal Groove Retainer

Wire

29 Rear Seat-back Cushion Head Restraint Retainer Wire

* Refer to Figure 1A7 – 188 for a breakdown of the rear seat-back centre tray and armrest assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–321

Page 1A7–321

Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Assembly without Compartment

Figure 1A7 – 188

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray

2 Rear Seat-back Cent re Tray Hinge

3 Hinge Rear Seat-back Cent re Bolt, Four Places

4 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

5 Release Butt on Rod

6 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock Actuator

7 Lock Actuator Bolt, Two Places

8 Centre Armrest Cover

9 Centre Armrest Pad

10 Centre Armrest Assembly Hi nge

11 Centre Armrest Hinge Bolt, Four Places

12 Centre Armrest Hinge Screw, Four Places

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–322

Page 1A7–322

Rear Seat-back Centre Tray and Armrest Asse mbly with Compartment

Figure 1A7 – 189

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Centre Tray

2 Rear Seat-back Cent re Tray Hinge

3 Rear Seat-back Centre Hinge Bolt, Four Places

4 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

5 Release Butt on Rod

6 Rear Seat-back Cent re Lock Actuator

7 Lock Actuator Bolt, Two Places

8 Centre Armrest Cover

9 Centre Armrest Pad

10 Centre Armrest Lid Cover

11 Centre Armrest Lid

12 Centre Armrest Lid Hinge

13 Centre Armrest Lid Hinge Screw, Six Places

14 Centre Armrest Deposit B ox

15 Centre Armrest Cup Holder

16 Centre Armrest Cup Holder Housing

17 Centre Armrest Cup Holder Housing Screw, Four Pl aces

18 Centre Armrest Assembly Hi nge

19 Centre Armrest Hinge Screw, Six Plac es

20 Centre Armrest Lid Latch

21 Centre Armrest Lid Latch Screw, Two Places

22 Centre Armrest Ass embly Hinge Bolt, Four Places

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–323

Page 1A7–323

7.2 Rear Seat Cushion Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-330

Remove

NOTE

If fitted with a DVD, use care when removing the

rear seat cushion to avoid damage to the DVD

control panel cover located under the rear seat

cushion.

1 Lift the front of the rear seat cushion assembly (1)

slightly, to gain access to the rear seat cushion

release handles (2).

2 From either the left or the right side of the seat, pull

the release handle T-piece horizontally forwards, while

at the same time lifting the front of the rear seat

cushion until the lock mechanism is released.

3 Repeat step 2 for the opposite side of the seat.

4 Remove the rear seat cushion assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 190

Disassemble

Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat cushion release handle (1) by

inserting a screwdriver (2) to disengage the retaining

lugs.

2 Slide the release handle off the rear seat cushion wire

frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 191

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–324

Page 1A7–324

Reinstall

1 Slide the rear seat cushion release handle (1) onto the

rear seat cushion wire frame (2) and close the cover

so that it will lock into position on the frame.

Figure 1A7 – 192

Rear Seat Cushion Frame

Remove

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

1 With the rear seat cushion asse mbly upside down,

follow the procedures below for the appropriate rear

seat type assembly .

a For rear seat Types 7 and 8, unclip the three

retainers (1) attaching the rear seat cushion

cover (2) to the rear seat cushion frame (3).

b For rear seat Types 1 to 6, proceed to step 2.

Figure 1A7 – 193

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–325

Page 1A7–325

2 Use bolt cutters or side cutters (1) to remove the hog

rings (2) attaching the cover and pad assembly (3) to

the frame (4).

• 51 places for the Surebond rear seat Type 1

cushion.

• 54 places for the hook and loop rear seat Type 4

cushion.

• 59 places for the conventional Pull-down rear

seat cushion, all other Ty pes.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog

rings not to damage the cushion cover. All hog

rings will be destroyed during this operation and

must be replaced.

3 Remove the frame from the rear seat cushion

assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 194

4 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3),

refer, View A only for rear seat Types 1 to 6 and Views

A and B for rear seat Types 7 and 8.

NOTE

For rear seat Types 7 and 8, the retaining wire is

in two pieces with the break in the wire across

the front of the seat.

Figure 1A7 – 195

Reinstall

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when working with hog rings.

NOTE

All hog rings must be replaced when reinstalling

the rear seat cushion frame.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–326

Page 1A7–326

Using the following sequence of operations, align the rear

seat cushion cover and pad assembly (1) to the rear seat

cushion frame (2) and attach the hog rings (3).

• 51 places for the Surebond rear seat cushion,

rear seat Type 1.

• 54 places for the hook and loop rear seat cushion,

rear seat Type 4.

• 59 places for the conventional pull down rear seat

cushion, all other rear seat Types.

Figure 1A7 – 196

NOTE

For rear seat Types 7 and 8, the rear seat

cushion cover retaining wire is a two-piece wire.

1 Starting at the front, centre of the rear seat cushion cover assembly (1), attach the wire retainer (2) with the

appropriate number of hog rings (3), refer to Figure 1A7 – 197.

a Three places for rear seat Types 1 to 6, View A.

b Four places for rear seat Types 7 and 8, View B, each side.

Figure 1A7 – 197

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–327

Page 1A7–327

2 Working from the centre outward, attach the wire

retainer (1), while pulling the cover assembly (2) tight

and attach with four hog rings (3).

3 Repeat this process in the opposite direction working

from the centre outward.

Figure 1A7 – 198

4 Continue attaching the cover assembly (1) to the

frame (2), by pulling the cover tight and atta ch with

seven hog rings (3).

5 Repeat this process in the opposite direction.

Figure 1A7 – 199

6 Pull the rear of the cover assembly (1) tight and attach

the centre with four hog rings (2) to the centre of the

wire frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 200

7 Pull the cushion cover assembly (1) tight into the

seatbelt slot at the rear and attach with four hog rings

(2) to the wire frame (3).

8 Repeat this process for the opposite seatbelt slot.

Figure 1A7 – 201

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–328

Page 1A7–328

9 Working outward from the seatbelt slot, continue

attaching the cover assembly (1) to the frame (2), by

pulling the cover tight and attach with four hog rings

(3).

10 Repeat this process in the opposite direction.

Figure 1A7 – 202

11 At the rear corner continue attaching the cover

assembly (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover

tight, up and around the corner and attach with six

hog rings (3).

12 Repeat this process for the opposite corner.

NOTE

The cover should be smooth and without

creases. If this is not the case, extra hog rings

should be used to pull the cover into place.

Figure 1A7 – 203

13 For rear seat Types 7 and 8, re install the three

retainers (1) attaching the rear seat cushion cover (2)

to the rear seat cushion frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 204

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–329

Page 1A7–329

Cushion Cover Assembly

Rear Seat Type 1

Surebond cushion cover and pad assembly are glued together as an assembly and are not serviced as separate

components. If either the pad or the cover requires replacement, both will have to be replaced as a combined unit.

Rear Seat Type 2 and 5

Remove

The cloth rear seat cushion cover for the rear seat Type 2 and 5 cushion pad (1) is attached with approximately 34 hog

rings (2), in the locations shown, refer to Figure 1A7 – 205.

Figure 1A7 – 205

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog rings

not to damage the cushion cover. All hog rings

will be destroyed during this operation and must

be replaced.

Using the following sequence of operations, cut the hog rings as they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters.

1 If required, remove the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–330

Page 1A7–330

2 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 206

3 Fold the rear corner of the rear seat cushion cover (1)

over the seat cushion pad (2), then fold the front

corner of the cover up.

Figure 1A7 – 207

4 From the outer edge, continue to fold the cushion

cover (1) back while holding the cushion pad (2)

revealing the four hog rings (3) attaching the outer

retaining wire to the pad and cut the hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 208

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–331

Page 1A7–331

5 Working towards the centre of the seat cushion,

carefully fold back the cover (1) revealing the hog

rings (2) attaching the inner and front retaining wires to

the pad. Cut these and continue folding the cover back

until all hog rings in the corresponding grooves (3)

have been removed.

Figure 1A7 – 209

6 Continue to fold the cushion (1) over towards the

centre and from the front of the rear seat cushion (2).

Cut the hog rings (3), three places, attaching the inner

retaining wire to the pad.

7 Repeat the process for the centre groove.

8 Repeat the process for the other side of the rear seat

cushion.

9 Remove the cushion cover from the cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 210

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–332

Page 1A7–332

NOTE

The cushion cover has ten retaining wires that

align the cushion cover to the cushion pad and

are used to hook the hog rings to. These will

need to be removed from the cover if it is to be

replaced.

10 If required, remo ve the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) and repeat for the re maining nine plac es.

Figure 1A7 – 211

Reinstall

Referring to Figure 1A7 – 205 showing the hog ring locations, reinstall the rear seat cushion cover using the following

sequence of operations, attaching the hog rings with hog ring pliers.

1 If required, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the casing (2) ten locations in the cushion cover assembly, refer to

Figure 1A7 – 211.

2 Beginning on one side of the cushion, pos itio n the

cover (1) into the inner correspondin g groov e.

NOTE

Ensure the cushion cover aligns to all the

grooves in the cushion pad before attaching the

cover with hog rings.

3 Starting at the rear and working towards the front,

attach four hog rings (2) using hog ring pliers.

Figure 1A7 – 212

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–333

Page 1A7–333

4 Continue working towards the outside edge of the

cushion, fold the cushion cover (1) into the centre

corresponding groove (2) and attach the cover with

three hog rings (3).

5 Repeat for the other centre corresponding groove.

6 Position the cover into the front corresponding cushion

groove and attach with three hog rings using the same

method as for the centre grooves.

Figure 1A7 – 213

7 Working along the side of the rear seat cushion,

position the cover (1) into the outer corresponding

groove and attach four hog rings (2).

8 Repeat the process for the opposite side of the rear

seat cushi on cov er.

Figure 1A7 – 214

9 Fold the rear seat cushion cover (1) over the corners

of the cushion pad (2).

10 Pull the rear seat cushion cover up over the rear seat

cushion ensuring that the cushion cover is fitted neatly

into all corners and cont our s of the rear seat cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 215

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–334

Page 1A7–334

11 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

12 Refit the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat

Cushion Frame.

Figure 1A7 – 216

Rear Seat Type 3 and 6

Remove

The leather rear seat cushion cover for rear seat Types 3 and 6 cushion pad (1) is, attached to the cushion with

approximately 28 hog rings (2) in the locations shown, refer to Figure 1A7 – 217.

Figure 1A7 – 217

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog rings

not to damage the cushion cover. All hog rings

will be destroyed during this operation and must

be replaced.

Using the following sequence of operations, cut the hog rings as they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters.

1 If required, remove the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–335

Page 1A7–335

2 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 218

3 Pull the rear corner of the rear seat cushion cover (1)

over the seat cushion pad (2) and then pull the front

corner of the cover up.

Figure 1A7 – 219

4 Fold the cushion cover (1) towards the centre of the

cushion while holding the cushion pad (2) revealing

the four hog rings (3) and cut to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 220

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–336

Page 1A7–336

5 Working towards the centre of the rear seat cushion,

carefully fold back the cover (1) revealing the outer

hog ring (2), cut this and continue folding the cover

back until a ll th ree hog rings in the correspon ding

groove (3) have been removed.

Figure 1A7 – 221

6 Continue to fold the cushion over towards the centre

and from the rear of the seat cushion, cut the hog

rings (2), in four places, while working towards the

front.

7 Repeat steps 3 to 6 for the other side of the rear seat

cushion.

8 Remove the cushion cover from the cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 222

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–337

Page 1A7–337

NOTE

The cushion cover has six retaining wires that

align to the grooves in the cushion pad and are

used to hook the hog rings to. These will need to

be removed from the cover if it is to be replaced.

9 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) and repeat for the remaining five places.

Figure 1A7 – 223

Reinstall

Referring to Figure 1A7 – 217 showing the hog ring locations, install the rear seat cushion cover using the following

sequence of operations, attaching the hog rings with hog ring pliers.

1 If required, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the casing (2), six places, in the cushion cover assembly, refer to

Figure 1A7 – 223.

2 Beginning on one side of the cushion, pos itio n the

cover (1) into the inner corresponding groove. Starting

at the rear and working towards the front, attach with

four hog rings (2) using hog ring pliers.

NOTE

Ensure the cushion cover aligns to all the

grooves in the cushion pad before attaching the

cover with hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 224

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–338

Page 1A7–338

3 Continue to fold the cushion cover (1) into the front

and outer corresponding groove (2) of the seat and

working around to the corner, attach the cover with

hog rings (3), four places.

Figure 1A7 – 225

4 Working along the outer edge of the rear seat cushion,

position the cover (1) into the corresponding

groove (2) and attach with four hog rings (3).

5 Repeat the process for the opposite side of the rear

seat cushi on cov er.

Figure 1A7 – 226

6 Fold the rear seat cushion cover (1) over the corners

of the cushion pad (2) ensuring it is fitted neatly into all

corners and contours of the rear seat cushion.

NOTE

As part of their designed appearance, Leather

cushion covers have inherent minor creases in

the material.

Figure 1A7 – 227

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–339

Page 1A7–339

7 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

8 Refit the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat

Cushion Frame.

Figure 1A7 – 228

Rear Seat Type 4

Remove

1 If required, remove the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

2 If required, the retaining wire (1) from the casing (2)

attached to the rear seat cushion cover assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 229

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–340

Page 1A7–340

3 Fold the rear corner of the rear seat cushion cover (1)

over the rear seat cushion pad (2).

Figure 1A7 – 230

4 While holding the rear seat cushion pad (1), pull the

rear corner of the seat cushion cover (2) away from

the rear seat cushion pad to disengage the hook and

loop strip (3).

Figure 1A7 – 231

5 After disengaging the outer hook and loop stri p (1),

disengage the cross hook and loop strip (2) while

holding the seat cushion pad (3).

Figure 1A7 – 232

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–341

Page 1A7–341

6 While holding the rear seat cushion pad (1),

disengage the inner hook and loop strip (2).

7 Repeat steps 3 to 6 for the opposite ha lf of the rear

seat cushio n asse mb ly .

8 Remove the rear seat cushion cover.

Figure 1A7 – 233

Reinstall

1 Align the inner hook and loop strip (1) and the cross

hook and loop strip (2), on the seat cushion cover (3)

with the seat cushion pad (4).

2 Press the folded edge of the rear seat cushion cover

firmly into the corresponding groove in the seat

cushion pad to engage the hook and loop strip.

Figure 1A7 – 234

3 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on

the seat cushion cover (2), with the corresponding

groove in the seat cushion pad (3).

4 Repeat this process for the opposite half of the rear

seat cover and pad, starting with the inner strip.

Figure 1A7 – 235

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–342

Page 1A7–342

5 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 236

6 With the retaining wire (1) fitted to the rear seat

cushion cover (2), roll the front corner of the cover

over the seat cushion pad (3).

7 Roll the sides of the seat cushion cover over the seat

cu shion pad.

8 Roll the rear corners (4) of the seat cushion cover over

the seat cushion pad.

NOTE

Ensure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the seat cover.

9 Refit the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat

Cushion Frame.

Figure 1A7 – 237

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–343

Page 1A7–343

Rear Seat Type 7

Remove

The rear seat cushion cover (1) for rear seat Type 7 is attached to the cushion with approximately 40 hog rings in the

locations shown (2), refer to Figure 1A7 – 238.

Figure 1A7 – 238

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog rings

not to damage the cushion cover. All hog rings

will be destroyed during this operation and must

be replaced.

Using the following sequence of operations, cut the hog rings as they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters.

1 If required, remove the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–344

Page 1A7–344

2 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

NOTE

The rear seat Type 7 retaining wire is in two

pieces with the break in the wire across the front

of the seat above the transmission tunnel.

Figure 1A7 – 239

3 Fold the rear corner of the rear seat cushion cover (1)

over the seat cushion pad (2), then fold the front

corner of the cover up revealing the hog ring (3).

Figure 1A7 – 240

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–345

Page 1A7–345

4 Fold the cushion cover (1) back while holding the

cushion pad (2) revealing the four hog rings (3) and

cut to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 241

5 Working towards the centre of the seat cushion,

carefully fold back the cover (1) revealing two outer

hog rings (2), cut these and continue folding the cover

back until all three hog rings in each corresponding

groove (3) have been removed.

Figure 1A7 – 242

6 Fold the front of the cushion cover (1) back revealing

the hog ring (2) taking care not to damage the cushion

cover tag (3) or the cover and remove the hog ring.

Figure 1A7 – 243

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–346

Page 1A7–346

7 Continue to fold the cushion over towards the centre

and from the rear of the seat cushion, cut the hog

rings (2), in four places, while working towards the

front.

8 Continue to fold the cushion cover back towards the

centre and repeat the process for the centre groove.

9 Repeat the process for the other side of the rear seat

cushion.

10 Remove the cushion cover from the cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 244

NOTE

The cushion cover has six retaining wires that

align to the grooves in the cushion pad and are

used to hook the hog rings to. These will need to

be removed from the cover if it is to be replaced.

11 If required, remo ve the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) and repeat for the remaining five places.

Figure 1A7 – 245

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–347

Page 1A7–347

Reinstall

Referring to Figure 1A7 – 238 showing the hog ring locations, install the rear seat cushion cover using the following

sequence of operations, attaching the hog rings with hog ring pliers.

1 If required, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the casing (2) in six locations in the cushion cover assembly, refer to

Figure 1A7 – 245.

2 Beginning on one side of the rear seat cushion (1)

position the cover (2) into the centre corresponding

groove. Starting at the rear and working towards the

front, attach with four hog rings using hog ring pliers.

NOTE

Ensure the cushion cover aligns to all the

grooves in the cushion pad before attaching the

cover with hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 246

3 Working outward, start from the front of the cushion,

fold the cushion cover (1) over the front and attach the

hog ring (2).

Figure 1A7 – 247

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–348

Page 1A7–348

4 Fold the cushion cover (1) into the corresponding

groove and from the front of the seat and working

around to the rear, attach the cover with four hog

rings (2).

Figure 1A7 – 248

5 From the centre of the cushion, position the cover (1)

into the corresponding grooves (2) and attach with six

hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 249

6 At the front of the rear seat cushion pad (1), fold the

cushion cover (2) over the top and attach the hog ring

(3).

Figure 1A7 – 250

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–349

Page 1A7–349

7 Working along the side of the rear seat cushion,

position the cover (1) into the corresponding

groove (2) and attach with four hog rings (3).

8 Repeat the process for the opposite side of the rear

seat cushi on cov er.

NOTE

As part of their designed appearance, Leather

cushion covers have inherent minor creases in

the material.

Figure 1A7 – 251

9 Fold the rear seat cushion cover (1) over the corners

of the cushion ensuring the cushion cover is fitted

neatly into all corners and con tours of the rear seat

cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 252

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–350

Page 1A7–350

10 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

NOTE

The rear seat Type 7 retaining wire is in two

pieces with the break in the wire across the front

of the seat above the transmission tunnel.

11 Refit the rear seat cushion frame, refer to

Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

Figure 1A7 – 253

Rear Seat Type 8

Remove

The rear seat cushion cover (1) for rear seat Type 8 is attached to the cushion with approximately 28 hog rings (2) in the

locations shown, refer to Figure 1A7 – 254.

Figure 1A7 – 254

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–351

Page 1A7–351

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog rings

not to damage the cushion cover. All hog rings

will be destroyed during this operation and must

be replaced.

Using the following sequence of operations, cut all hog rings as they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters.

1 If required, remove the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat Cushion Frame.

2 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

NOTE

The rear seat Type 8 retaining wire is in two

pieces with the break in the wire across the front

of the seat above the transmission tunnel cut-

out.

Figure 1A7 – 255

3 Fold the rear corner of the rear seat cushion cover (1),

up over the rear seat cushion pad (2) then, fold the

front corner of the cover up.

Figure 1A7 – 256

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–352

Page 1A7–352

4 Fold the cushion cover (1) back towards the centre of

the seat cushion while holding the cushion pad (2) to

reveal the four hog rings (3) and cut to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 257

5 Continue working towards the centre of the seat

cushion, ca refully fold back the cover (1) revealing two

outer hog rings (2), cut these and continue folding the

cover back until all three hog rings in each

corresponding groove (3) have been re moved.

Figure 1A7 – 258

6 Fold the cushion (1) over towards the centre and from

the front of the seat cushion, cut the hog rings (2), in

four places.

7 Repeat steps 3 to 6 for the other side of the rear seat

cushion and remove t he cus hion cover f rom the

cushion.

Figure 1A7 – 259

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–353

Page 1A7–353

NOTE

The cushion cover has eight retaining wires that

align to the grooves in the cushion pad and are

used to hook the hog rings to. These will need to

be removed from the cover if it is to be replaced.

8 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) and repeat for the re maining seven places.

Figure 1A7 – 260

Reinstall

Referring to Figure 1A7 – 254 showing the hog ring locations, install the rear seat cushion cover using the following

sequence of operations, attaching the hog rings with hog ring pliers.

If required, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the casing (2) in eight locations in the cushion cover assembly, refer to

Figure 1A7 – 260.

1 Beginning on one side of the cushion, pos itio n the

cover (1) into the inner corresponding groove. Starting

at the rear and working towards the front, attach the

cushion cover to the cushion pad with hog rings (2)

four places using, hog ring pli e rs.

NOTE

Ensure the cushion cover aligns to all the

grooves in the cushion pad before attaching the

cover with hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 261

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–354

Page 1A7–354

2 Working outward, position the cushion cover (1), into

the corresponding grooves (2) and attach with hog

rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 262

3 Working along the outside edge of the rear seat

cushion, position the cover (1) into the outer

corresponding groove (2) and attach with four hog

rings (3).

4 Repeat the process for the opposite side of the rear

seat cushi on cov er.

Figure 1A7 – 263

5 Fold the rear seat cushion cover (1) over the corners

of the cushion pad (2), ensuring that the cushion cover

is fitted neatly into all corners and contours of the rear

seat cushion.

NOTE

As part of their designed appearance, Leather

cushion covers have inherent minor creases in

the material.

Figure 1A7 – 264

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–355

Page 1A7–355

6 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cushion cover assembly (3).

NOTE

The rear seat Type 8 retaining wire is in two

pieces with the break in the wire across the front

of the seat above the transmission tunnel.

7 Refit the rear seat cushion frame, refer to Rear Seat

Cushion Frame.

Figure 1A7 – 265

Reinstall

1 Sit the rear seat cushion assembly into position.

2 Push the rear seat cushion assembly (1) into the seat-

back and push the front of the cushion assembly down

until the locking mec hanisms (2) lock into position.

Figure 1A7 – 266

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–356

Page 1A7–356

7.3 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Assembly

Right and Left-hand Side

LT Section No. – 14-350

Remove

1 Raise the rear seat-back head restraint assembly (1)

to the first stop position.

2 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster

lock (2) and raise the head restraint to the upper stop

position.

Figure 1A7 – 267

3 Manufacture a suitable size probe and insert into the

hole (1) in the inboard head restraint sleeve (2).

4 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward

pressure on the headrest and remove the head

restraint completely out of the sleeve.

Figure 1A7 – 268

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–357

Page 1A7–357

Except Rear Seat Type 4 Head Restraint

Disassemble

1 Unhook the wire retainer (1) from the head restraint

cover (2).

Figure 1A7 – 269

2 Carefully pull the wire retainer through the head

restraint cover and remove.

3 Repeat the process for the remaining wire retainer.

Figure 1A7 – 270

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–358

Page 1A7–358

4 Starting at one end, gently pull the head restraint

cover back over the head restraint pad and remove.

Figure 1A7 – 271

Reassemble

Reassembly of the rear seat-back head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Align the cover to the head restraint pad taking note of the contour of both the cover and the pad.

2 Position the head restraint pad inner liner so that it covers the pad.

3 Both loops on the wire retainer are hooked into the rear seat-back head restraint cover.

4 Ensure the cover is fitted neatly to the head restraint pad and has no creases.

Rear Seat Type 4 Head Restraint

Disassemble

1 Disengage the front head restraint cove r J-strip by

pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the

direction shown.

2 Beginning at one corner of the head restraint, gently

remove the co ver from the pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 272

Reassemble

Reassembly of the rear seat-back head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure the head

restraint cover J-strip is fully engaged and the cover is fitted neatly with no creases.

Reinstall

1 Position the head restraint in the sleeves and push down firmly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–359

Page 1A7–359

7.4 Rear Seat-back Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-325

Remove

1 If required, remove the following:

a Remove the rear seat cushion assembly, refer to 7.2 Rear Seat Cushion Assembly.

b Remove the lower seatbelt anchor bolt, refer to Section 12M, 2.1 Rear Seatbelt Assembly – Outboard.

2 Remove the bolt (1), retaining the rear seat-back

assembly (2) t o the vehicle.

3 Lift the rear seat-back assembly up and out of the Two

retaining brackets (3).

Figure 1A7 – 273

4 Insert a suitable screwdriver (1) into the seatbelt

escutcheon (2) and while applying a slight upward

pressure, push the retaining clip in to release the

escutcheon.

5 Remove the seat belt and escutcheon from the rear

seat-back assembly by feeding it through the opening

in the rear seat-back assembly.

6 Remove the rear seat-back assembly and repeat for

the opposite side if required.

Figure 1A7 – 274

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–360

Page 1A7–360

Head Restraint Sleeve

Remove

If required, remove the rear seat-back head restraint, refer to 7.3 Rear Seat-back Head Restraint Assembly Right and

Left-hand Side.

1 From the back of rear seat-back (1) (foam side),

squeeze the head restraint sleeve locating prongs (2)

together and remove the sleeve up and out of the

seat-back assembly.

2 Repeat this process for the remaining head restraint

sleeve.

Figure 1A7 – 275

Reinstall

1 Reinstallation of the rear seat head restraint sleeve is

the reverse of the removal procedure ensuring the

locating ribs (2) of the head restraint sleeve (1) aligns

with the key-way (3) in the seat-back frame.

NOTE

The release button in the right-hand sleeve and

the hole in the left-hand side sleeve should face

each other when installed correctly.

Figure 1A7 – 276

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–361

Page 1A7–361

Rear Seat-back Cover

Rear Seat Type1

Surebond rear seat-back cover and pad are glued together as an assembly and are not serviced. If either the pad or the

cover requires replacement both will have to be replaced as a combined unit.

Rear Seat Type 2 and 5

Remove

1 Place the rear seat-back assembly face down.

2 Using bolt cutters or side cutters, remove

approximately 31 hog rings (1) attaching the cover to

the outer sections of the rear seat-back pad and frame

assembly in the locations shown.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog

rings, not to damage the rear seat-back cover.

All hog rings will be damaged in this operation

and will require replacement.

NOTE

The rear seat Type 5, right-hand side rear seat-

back assembly is fitted with a first aid kit pouch.

For rear seat Type 2, the hog rings used to

attach the first aid kit pouch are installed along

the inner edge of the rear seat-back cushion and

frame assembly .

Figure 1A7 – 277

3 Using the following sequence of operations continue

and cut the hog rings as they are revealed us ing bolt

cutters or side cutters at the locations shown.

Figure 1A7 – 278

4 Remove the head restraint sleeve, refer to Head Restraint Sleeve.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–362

Page 1A7–362

5 Fold the upper portion of the rear seat-back cover (1)

over the rear seat-back pad assembly (2).

6 Remove the head restraint reta ining wire (3) by cutting

the three hog rings (4).

Figure 1A7 – 279

7 While holding the rear seat-back pad assembly (1),

pull the outer edge of the cover (2) away from the rear

seat-back pad and cut the four hog rings (3) along the

outer groove.

Figure 1A7 – 280

8 While holding the seat-back pad assembly (1), fold the

top edge of the cover (2) over the top of the seat-back

assembly to reveal the four hog rings (3) in the upper

horizontal groove of the pad and cut to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 281

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–363

Page 1A7–363

9 Remove the retaining wire (1) for the upper horizontal

groove from the casing (2) attached to the cover (3).

10 Continue to fold the cove r towards the centre of the

pad and cut the three hog rings from the centre

corresponding groove.

11 If required, remove the retaining wire from the casing

attached to the cover as in step 6.

12 Repeat the process for the remaining three hog rings

and retaining wire in the inner corresponding groove.

13 Remove the rear seat-back cover.

Figure 1A7 – 282

Reinstall

Using the follow ing seque nce of oper ati ons, align the rear seat-back cover to the pad assembly (1) and attach w ith

approximately 17 hog rings in the positions shown, refer to Figure 1A7 – 278.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat-back cover aligns with all

grooves in the pad before attaching with hog

rings.

1 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the inner

groove casing (2) attached to the cover (3).

Figure 1A7 – 283

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–364

Page 1A7–364

2 Align the cover (1) to the inner vertical corresponding

groove in the pad (2) and attach with three hog rings

(3), using hog ring pliers.

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the centre vertical

corresponding groove.

Figure 1A7 – 284

4 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the upper horizontal groove casing (2) attached to the cover (3), refer

to Figure 1A7 – 283.

5 Align the cover (1) to the upper horizontal groove (2)

and attach with four hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 285

6 If removed, reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the outer groove casing (2) attached to the cover (3), refer to

Figure 1A7 – 283.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–365

Page 1A7–365

7 Align the cover (1) to the outer vertical groove in the

pad and attach with four hog rings (2).

Figure 1A7 – 286

8 Attach the restraint retaining wire (1) with three hog

rings (2) to the frame.

Figure 1A7 – 287

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–366

Page 1A7–366

9 Place the seat-back as sembly face down on a clean

surface and using the following sequence of

operations, continue attaching the rear seat-back

cover (1) to the pad assembly (2) with hog rings (3),

approximately 31 places in the positions shown.

Figure 1A7 – 288

10 Starting at the upper inner corner of the rear

seat-back, pull the cover (1) over the corner and

attach to the wire frame (2) with three hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 289

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–367

Page 1A7–367

11 While pulling the outboard side corner of the cover (1)

over the top and towards the centre, fix with four hog

rings (2) to the wire frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 290

12 Continue at the outboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with seven hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 291

13 Continue at the inner lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with four hog rings (3).

14 Attach the seat-back cover lower piping overhang (4)

with one hog ring (5) back on to the lower piping.

Figure 1A7 – 292

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–368

Page 1A7–368

15 If fitted wi th a first aid kit pouch (1) attach the pouch to

the frame (2) with five hog rings (3).

NOTE

The rear seat Type 5, right-hand side rear seat-

back assembly is fitted with a first aid kit pouch.

For rear seat Type 2 rear seat-back assembly,

the hog rings used to attach the first aid kit

pouch are installed along the inner edge of the

rear seat-back cushion and frame assembly.

16 Continue along the inner edge and attach the cover to

the frame, by pulling the cover tight and fixing with a

further three hog rings.

NOTE

Ensure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the rear seat-back pad

and is free from any creases.

Figure 1A7 – 293

Rear Seat Type 3 and 6

Remove

1 Place the rear seat-back assembly face down.

2 Using bolt cutters or side cutters, remove

approximately 31 hog rings (1) attaching the outer

sections of the cover to the rear seat-back pad and

frame assembly .

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog

rings, not to damage the rear seat-back cover.

All hog rings will be damaged in this operation

and will require replacement.

NOTE

The rear seat Type 6, right-hand side rear seat-

back assembly is fitted with a first aid kit pouch.

For rear seat Type 3 rear seat-back assembly,

the hog rings used to attach the first aid kit

pouch are installed along the inner edge of the

rear seat-back cushion and frame assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 294

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–369

Page 1A7–369

3 After removing the rear hog rings, continue with the

following sequence of operations and cut the hog rings

attaching the cover to the front side of the pad (1), as

they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters at

the locations shown.

Figure 1A7 – 295

4 Fold the upper portion of the rear seat-back cover (1)

over the rear seat-back pad assembly (2) and remove

the three hog rings (3) attaching the head restraint

retaining wire (4).

Figure 1A7 – 296

5 While holding the rear seat-back pad assembly (1),

pull the outer edge of the cover (2) away from the rear

seat-back pad and cut the four hog rings (3) along the

outer groove.

Figure 1A7 – 297

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–370

Page 1A7–370

6 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) for the outer

groove from the casing (2) attached to the cover (3).

Figure 1A7 – 298

7 While holding the seat-back pad assembly (1), fold the

top edge of the cover (2) over to reveal the four hog

rings (3) in the upper horizontal groove of the pad and

cut the hog rings to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 299

8 Remove the retaining wire (1) for the upper horizontal

groove from the casing (2) attached to the cover (3)

and remove the rear seat-back cover from the pad

assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 300

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–371

Page 1A7–371

Reinstall

1 Using the following sequence of operations, align the

rear seat-back cover to the pad assembly (1) and

attach with approximately eight hog rings in the

position s show n.

NOTE

Ensure that the rear seat-back cover aligns with

the pad at all grooves before attaching hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 301

2 Reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the upper horizontal

groove casing (2) attached to the cover (3).

Figure 1A7 – 302

3 Align the cover (1) to the upper horizontal groove (2)

and attach with four hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 303

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–372

Page 1A7–372

4 Reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the outer groove

casing (2) attached to the cover (3).

Figure 1A7 – 304

5 Align the cover (1) to the outboard vertical groove in

the pad and attach with four hog rings (2).

Figure 1A7 – 305

6 Attach the head restraint retaining wi re (1) with three

hog rings (2) to the frame.

Figure 1A7 – 306

7 Place the seat-back assem bly face down on a clean surface and usin g the following sequence of operation s,

continue attaching the rear seat-back cover (1) to the pad assembly (2) with hog rings (3), approximately 31 places

in the positions shown, refer Figure 1A7 – 294.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–373

Page 1A7–373

8 Starting at the upper inboard corner of the rear

seat-back, pull the cover (1) over the corner and

attach to the wire frame (2) with three hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 307

9 While pulling the outboard side corner of the cover (1)

over the top and towards the centre, fix with four hog

rings (2) to the wire frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 308

10 Continue at the outboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with seven hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 309

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–374

Page 1A7–374

11 Continue at the inboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with four hog rings (3).

12 Attach the seat-back cover lower piping overhang (4)

with one hog ring (5) back on to the lower piping.

Figure 1A7 – 310

13 Continue along the inboard edge and attach the cover

to the frame, by pulling the cover tight and fixing with a

further three hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 311

Rear Seat Type 4

Remove

Safety glasses and work gloves must be worn

at all times when removing the hog rings.

NOTE

The following procedures are applicable to both

left and right-hand rear seat-back assemblies.

1 Place the rear seat-back assembly face down.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–375

Page 1A7–375

2 Using bolt cutters or side cutters, remove

approximately 31 hog rings (1) attaching the outer

sections of the cover to the rear seat-back pad and

frame assembly .

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog

rings, not to damage the rear seat-back cover.

All hog rings will be damaged in this operation

and will require replacement.

3 Remove the rear head restraint sleeve, refer to

Head Restra int Sleeve.

Figure 1A7 – 312

4 After removing the rear hog rings, continue with the

following sequence of operations and cut the hog rings

attaching the cover to the front side of the pad (1), as

they are revealed using bolt cutters or side cutters at

the locations shown.

Figure 1A7 – 313

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–376

Page 1A7–376

5 Fold the upper portion of the rear seat-back cover (1)

over the rear seat-back pad assembly (2).

6 Cut the three hog rings (3) attaching the retaining wire

(4) to the frame assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 314

7 While holding the rear seat-back pad assembly (1),

pull the upper corner of the cover (2) away from the

rear seat-back pad to disengage the hook and loop

strip (3).

Figure 1A7 – 315

8 Remove the one or two cross hook and loop strips (1)

while holding the rear seat-back pad (2).

Figure 1A7 – 316

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–377

Page 1A7–377

9 Fold the lower corner of the cover (1) over the seat-

back pad (2).

10 Remove the rear seat-back cover.

Figure 1A7 – 317

Reinstall

1 Align the outer hook and loop strip (1) on the seat-

back cover (2), with the rear seat-back pad (3).

Figure 1A7 – 318

2 Align the two cross hook and loop strips (1), on the

rear seat-back cover (2), with the rear seat -back pad

(3).

Figure 1A7 – 319

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–378

Page 1A7–378

3 Press the folded edge of the rear seat-back cover (1)

firmly into the corresponding groove in the seat-back

pad (2) to engage the hook and loop strip.

Figure 1A7 – 320

4 Attach the head restraint retaining wire (1) with hog

ring (2), three places to the frame (3) using hog ring

pliers.

Figure 1A7 – 321

5 Roll the lowe r corner of the cover (1) over the rear

seat-back pad (2).

6 Roll the sides of the cover over the seat-back pad.

7 Roll the upper corners of the cover over the seat-back

pad.

NOTE

Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into

all corners and contours of the seat back-pad.

Figure 1A7 – 322

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–379

Page 1A7–379

8 Using the following sequence of operations, attach the

rear seat-back cover (1) to the rear seat-back pad and

frame assembly (2), with approximately 31 hog rings

(3), in the positions shown.

Figure 1A7 – 323

9 Starting at the upper outboard corner of the rear

seat-back, pull the cover (1) over the corner and

attach to the wire frame (2) with three hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 324

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–380

Page 1A7–380

10 While pulling the outboard side corner of the cover (1)

over the top and towards the centre, fix with four hog

rings (2) to the wire frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 325

11 Continue at the outboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with seven hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 326

12 Continue at the inboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with four hog rings (3).

13 Attach the seat-back cover lower piping overhang (4)

with one hog ring (5) back on to the lower piping.

Figure 1A7 – 327

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–381

Page 1A7–381

14 Continue attaching the cover (1) to the frame (2), by

pulling the cover tight and fixing with five hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 328

Rear Seat Type 7 and 8

Remove

1 Place the seat-back as sembly face down on a clean

surface.

2 Using the following sequence of operations, use bolt

cutters or side cutters to remove approximatel y 31 hog

rings (1) attaching the outer sections of the cover to

the rear seat-back pad and frame as sembly in the

position s show n.

NOTE

Care must be taken when removing the hog

rings, not to damage the rear seat-back cover.

All hog rings will be damaged in this operation

and will require replacement.

Figure 1A7 – 329

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–382

Page 1A7–382

3 Continue to remove the rear seat-back cover from the

front of the pad assembly (1) by cutting the 11 hog

rings as they are revealed using bolt cutters or side

cutters.

Figure 1A7 – 330

4 Remove the head restraint sleeves, refer to Head Restraint Sleeve.

5 Fold the upper portion of the rear seat-back cover (1)

over the rear seat-back pad assembly (2).

6 Cut the three hog rings (3) attaching the retaining wire

(4) to the frame assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 331

7 Fold the cover (1) over the top to reveal the four hog

rings (2) in the continuation of the outer groove

running across the top of the pad and cut the hog rings

to remove.

Figure 1A7 – 332

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–383

Page 1A7–383

8 While holding the rear seat-back pad assembly (1),

pull the outboard edge of the cover away from the rear

seat-back pad and cut the four hog rings (2) along the

outer groove.

Figure 1A7 – 333

9 If required, remove the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 334

10 Continue to fold the rear seat-back cover (1) towards

the centre revealing the outer hog ring (2) in the lower

horizontal groove.

11 Cut the outer hog ring and continue until all three hog

rings have been removed.

Figure 1A7 – 335

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–384

Page 1A7–384

12 If required, remo ve the retaining wire (1) from the

casing (2) attached to the cover.

13 Remove the rear seat-back cover.

Figure 1A7 – 336

Reinstall

1 Using the following seque nce of oper ati ons, align the rear se at-back cover to the pad assembly (1) and attach with

11 hog rings in the locations shown, refer Figure 1A7 – 330

2 Reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the lower horizontal

groove casing (2) attached to the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 337

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–385

Page 1A7–385

lign the cover (1) to the lower horizontal groove in the

pad (2) and attach with four hog rings (3), using hog

ring pliers.

Figure 1A7 – 338

4 Reinstall the retaining wire (1) into the outer groove

casing (2) attached to the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 339

5 Align the cover (1) to the outer the groove along the

outboard edge of the pad and attach with four hog

rings (2).

Figure 1A7 – 340

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–386

Page 1A7–386

6 Continue to fit the cover (1) to the upper horiz ont al

groove and attach with four hog rings (2).

Figure 1A7 – 341

7 Fold the cover into the head restraint area and

attached the retaining wire (1) for the head restraint

with three hog rings (2) to the frame.

Figure 1A7 – 342

8 Place the seat-back assem bly face down on a clean surface and usin g the following sequence of operation s,

continue attaching the rear seat-back cover (1) to the pad assembly (2) with hog rings (3), approximately 31 places

in the positions shown, refer Figure 1A7 – 329.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–387

Page 1A7–387

9 Starting at the upper inboard corner of the rear

seat-back, pull the cover (1) over the corner and

attach to the wire frame (2) with three hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 343

10 While pulling the outboard side corner of the cover (1)

over the top and towards the centre, fix with four hog

rings (2) to the wire frame (3).

Figure 1A7 – 344

11 Continue at the outboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with seven hog rings (3).

Figure 1A7 – 345

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–388

Page 1A7–388

12 Continue at the inboard lower corner and attach the

cover (1) to the frame (2), by pulling the cover tight

and fixing with four hog rings (3).

13 Attach the seat-back cover lower piping overhang (4)

with one hog ring (5) back on to the lower piping.

Figure 1A7 – 346

14 Attach the first aid kit pouch (1) to the frame (2) with

five hog rings (3).

NOTE

Make sure the rear seat-back cover is fitted

neatly by hand into all corners and contours of

the seat pad and is free from any creases.

15 Continue along the inboard edge and attach the cover

to the frame, by pulling the cover tight and fixing with a

further three hog rings.

Figure 1A7 – 347

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–389

Page 1A7–389

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Feed the seatbelt (1) in through rear seat-back

assembly (2).

2 Position the seatbelt escutcheon (3) at an angle and

feed it through the rear seat-b ack as se mbly .

NOTE

Ensure the seatbelt is not twisted and its

operation is free from any int er feren ce

Figure 1A7 – 348

3 Tighten all retaining screws to the specified torque.

Rear seat-bac k assembly

attaching bolt torque specification.......... 25.0 – 35.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–390

Page 1A7–390

7.5 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-350

Remove

1 Raise the rear seat-back centre head restraint (1) to

the first stop position.

2 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster

lock (2) and raise the head restraint to the upper stop

position.

Figure 1A7 – 349

3 Manufacture a suitable size probe and insert into the

hole (1) in the left-hand head restraint sleeve (2).

4 Push the probe in slightly while applying slight upward

pressure on the head restraint and remove the head

restraint completely out of the sleeve.

Figure 1A7 – 350

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–391

Page 1A7–391

Disassemble

1 While holding the rear seat-back centre head restraint

(1) upside down, un-zip the cover taking note that the

tag for the zip (2) is located on the inside of the cover.

Figure 1A7 – 351

2 Beginning at one end, compress the foam (1) towards

the head restraint post (2) and begin to pull the cover

(3) over the pad.

3 Repeat this process for the other side.

Figure 1A7 – 352

4 Remove the cover (1) from the pad and slide off the

post.

Figure 1A7 – 353

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–392

Page 1A7–392

Reassemble

Reassembly of the rear seat-back centre head restraint cover is the reverse of the removal process noting the following:

1 Position the head restraint cover over the post.

2 Starting at one end of the head restraint, insert the pad into the cover and working from one end to another, push

the pad into the cover until it is completely inserted.

3 Work the cover over the head restraint so that the cover is smooth and free from creases.

4 Close the zip ensuring the tag is located on the inside of the cover.

Reinstall

1 Position the head restraint in the head restraint sleeves and push the rear seat-back centre head restraint down

firmly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–393

Page 1A7–393

7.6 Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-325

Remove

1 Lower the armrest assembly (1) and disengage the trim flap J-strips (2) from the armrest hinge to gain access to

the retaining screws, refer to Figure 1A7 – 354.

2 Remove the retaining screw (3), in four places, from the rear seat-back centre tray (4), two from above the armrest

and two from below.

3 Remove the armrest assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 354

Disassemble Rear Seat Type 1 – 4

1 Remove the nine staples (1) securing the upper flap

armrest cover (2) to the armrest pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 355

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–394

Page 1A7–394

2 Remove the three staples (1) securing the lower flap

of the armrest cover (2) to the armrest pad assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 356

3 Pull the cover (1) along the armrest to allow access to

the hinge retaining screws (2).

4 Remove the four screws securing the armrest hinge

(3) to the armrest assembly (4) and remove the

hinges.

5 Remove the armrest cove r from the armrest pad

assembly.

Figure 1A7 – 357

Reassemble

Assembly of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the armrest assembly hinge is installed before the cover is fitted.

2 Ensure all sc rews are tightened to the correct torque specification.

Armrest hinge attaching screw

torque specific atio n .................................. 7.0 – 10.0 Nm

3 The cover is to be smooth and without creases, before the staples are installed.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–395

Page 1A7–395

Disassemble Rear Seat Type 5 – 8

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Hinge

Remove

1 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the hinge (2) to

the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 358

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back centre armrest hinge is reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure all screws are

tightened to the specified torque.

Rear seat-back centre armrest hinge

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–396

Page 1A7–396

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid and Cover

If required, remove the armrest assembly, refe r to 7.6 Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Assembly.

Remove

1 Open the rear seat-back centre armrest lid (1), remove

the three screws (2) and remove the lid.

Figure 1A7 – 359

2 Remove the two screws (1), attaching the armrest lid

latch (2).

3 Using a suitable size screwdriver, gently prise up the

retaining strip (3), three places.

4 Remove the cover from the rear seat-back centre

armrest lid.

Figure 1A7 – 360

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back centre armrest lid cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Fit the cover by hand ensuring the cover is free from creases.

2 Ensure the retainer strips are located fully into the grooves.

3 Tighten all screws to the specified torque.

Rear seat-back centre armrest lid

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear seat-back centre armrest lid latch

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–397

Page 1A7–397

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Deposit Box, Cover and Cup Holder

To remove the rear seat-back centre armrest deposit box, cup holder or cover, the cover and cup holder need to be

removed from the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly as a combined unit. To assist the technician to disassemble

the seat-back centre armrest assembly without cross referencing to different sections, the deposit box, cover and cup

holder remove and reinstall procedures are all covered in the same procedure.

Remove

1 If required, remove the rear seat-back centre armrest lid, refer to Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid and Cover.

2 Remove the sc rew (1), three places, attaching the rear

seat-back centre armrest lid hinge (2) to the deposit

box assembly (3).

3 Gently prise up the retaining strip (4), three places.

Figure 1A7 – 361

4 While holding the deposit box assembly (1) gently pull

the foam pad (2) and cover (3) away from the deposit

box.

Figure 1A7 – 362

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–398

Page 1A7–398

5 With the cover (1) folded back from the deposit box

assembly, depress the cup holder retaining tabs (2)

and remove the cup holder with the cover out of the

cup holder housing (3).

Figure 1A7 – 363

6 Remove the cover (1) from the cup holder (2) by

gently pulling the cover back over the cup holder.

Figure 1A7 – 364

7 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the cup holder

housing (2) to the deposit box (3).

Figure 1A7 – 365

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–399

Page 1A7–399

Reinstall

1 Reinstall the cup holder housing to the deposit box and tighten all screws to the specified torque, refer to

Figure 1A7 – 365.

Cup holder housing attaching

screw torque specification.......................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Slide the cover (1) over the cup holder (2) ensuring the

cover fits neatly to the edge of the cup holder.

Figure 1A7 – 366

3 With the cover (1) folded back, slide the cup holder (2)

into the cup holder housing (3) attached to the deposit

box, ensuring the cover fits neatly into the cup holder

housing and the retaining clips lock in the cup holder

housing.

Figure 1A7 – 367

4 Reinstallation of the cover, pad and hinge is the reverse of the removal procedure noting the following:

a Ensure the cover is fitted neatly by hand and free from creases.

b All retainer strips are secured correctly.

c Tighten the rear seat-back centre armrest lid hinge screws to the specified torque.

Rear seat-back centre armrest lid hinge

attaching screw torque specification........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–400

Page 1A7–400

Reassemble

Reassembly of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the armrest assembly hinge is installed before the cover is fitted and the screws are tightened to the

specified torque.

Armrest hinge attaching screw

torque specific atio n .................................. 7.0 – 10.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back centre armrest assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

1 Ensure all sc rews are tightened to the correct torque specification.

Armrest hinge assembly attaching screw

torque specific atio n .................................... 3.5 – 5.0 Nm

2 Refit the armrest trim flap (1) upper J-strip (2) to the

upper part of the hinge bracket (3).

Figure 1A7 – 368

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–401

Page 1A7–401

7.7 Rear Seat-back Centre Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-325

Remove

Although there are physical differences between the different types of centre rear seat-back assemblies, the removal and

reinstallation procedures are the same for all.

1 If required, remove the rear seat-back assembly, refer to 7.4 Rear Seat-back Assembly.

2 Remove the four bolts (1) attaching the rear seat-back

centre assembly to the rear compartment front panel.

3 Unlatch the rear seat-back assembly and remove from

the vehicle.

Figure 1A7 – 369

Disassemble

Pad Assembly, Cover and Head Restraint Sleeves

If required, remove the following:

1 Head restraint, refer to 7.5 Rear Seat-back Centre Head Restraint Assembly.

2 Rear seat-back centre armrest, refer to 7.6 Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Assembly.

Remove

1 If fitted wi th an armrest, pull the four retaining strips (1)

in the centre of the seat-back centre assembly (2), up

and away from the insi de of the seat-back tray (3).

Figure 1A7 – 370

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–402

Page 1A7–402

2 On the outer edge of the seat-back centre tray (1),

lever up the retaining strip (2), in four places.

Figure 1A7 – 371

3 Remove the four staples (1) each side, attaching the

cover (2) to the seat-back tray (3).

4 Peel the cover away from the seat-back tray.

Figure 1A7 – 372

5 Lever the seat cover material (1) over the release

button (2) and escutcheon assembly (3).

Figure 1A7 – 373

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–403

Page 1A7–403

6 From the back of rear seat-back (1) (foam side), fold

the foam back and squeeze the head restraint sleeve

locating prongs (2) together and remove the sleeve up

and out of the centre seat-back assembly.

7 Remove the cover and pad.

Figure 1A7 – 374

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat centre back cover and pad assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

1 The cover is to be smooth and without creases before the staples are installed.

2 Ensure all retaining strips are attached properly.

3 When installing the head restraint sleeve, align the locating ribs with the key-way in the seat-back frame.

NOTE

Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster lock is

installed on the side that corresponds to the

notches in the head restraint shaft.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–404

Page 1A7–404

Rear Seat-b ack Cent re Re leas e Butto n

Remove

If required, remo ve the rear seat-back cover, refer to Pad Assembly, Cover and Head Restraint Sleeves.

1 Using a screwdriver, depress the two tangs (1) on the

front and rear of the release button (2).

2 Pull the release button from the rear seat-back

centre (3).

Figure 1A7 – 375

Reinstall

Push the release button into the rear seat-back centre assembly, until the button clicks home.

Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Actuator

Remove

If required, remo ve the rear seat-back cover, refer to Pad Assembly, Cover and Head Restraint Sleeves.

1 Remove the two screws (1) securing the lock

actuator (2) to the back tray (3) and remove lock

actuator.

2 Disengage the release button rod (4) from the lock

actuator.

Figure 1A7 – 376

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back centre lock actuator is the reverse of the removal procedure noting the following:

1 Ensure the button assembly and lock actuator rod are correctly engaged.

2 Ensure all sc rews are tightened to the correct torque specification.

Rear seat-back centre lock

actuator attaching screw

torque specific atio n .................................... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–405

Page 1A7–405

Rear Seat-b ack Cen tre Hi n ge

Remove

If required, remo ve the rear seat-back cover, refer to Pad Assembly, Cover and Head Restraint Sleeves.

1 Remove the two screws (2) securing the hinge (1) to

the rear seat-back centre tray assembly (3) and

remove the hinge.

2 If required, repeat for the opposite hinge.

Figure 1A7 – 377

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back centre hinge is the reverse of the removal procedure ensuring that all screws are

tightened to the specified torque.

Rear seat-back centre hinge

attaching screw torque specific ation ........... 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat-back assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure noting the following:

1 Ensure that the rear seat-back assembly is positioned centrally and there is no binding of the latch assembly.

2 Tighten all bolts to the specified torque.

Rear seat-back centre assembly

attaching bolt torque specification.......... 25.0 – 35.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–406

Page 1A7–406

7.8 Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Striker

LT Section No. – 14-350

Remove

1 If required, remove the following:

a Remove the rear seat cushion assembly, refer to 7.2 Rear Seat Cushion Assembly.

b Remove the rear seat-back assembly, refer to 7.4 Rear Seat-back Assembly.

2 Prise the two retaining clips (1) securing the rear

seat-back cover (2) to the rear compartment front

panel and remove the cover.

3 If required, remove the two bump stops (3) from the

rear compartment front panel.

4 Remove the two screws (4) securing the striker (5) to

the rear panel and remove the striker.

Figure 1A7 – 378

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the rear seat lock striker is the reverse of the removal procedure ensuring that the retaining screws are

tightened to the correct torque specification.

Rear seat-back centre lock striker

attaching screw torque specific ation ....... 25.0 – 35.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–407

Page 1A7–407

8 Torque Wrench Specifications

8.1 Front Seat

Level 1 and 3

Front Seat Assembly Attaching Screw.......................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Front Seat Adjustment Switch Attaching Screw.............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Outer Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Inner Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Map Pocket Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Adjuster Attaching Screw....................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Side Impact Airbag Assembly Attaching Nut..................................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly Attaching Nut..............5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Frame Attaching Screw...................................30.0 – 45.0 Nm

Track and Height Adjust Assembly Attaching Nut......................24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Level 2, 4 and 5

Front Seat Assembly Attaching Screw.......................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Front Seat Outer Front Cover Attaching Sc rew .............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Adjustment Switch Attaching Screw.............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Memory Position Switch Cover Attaching Screw...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Outer Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Inner Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Map Pocket Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat Entertainment Screen Pivot Hinge Attaching Screw.....1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat Entertainment Screen Attaching Sc rew........................ 1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat Entertainment Circuit Board Attaching Screw...............1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat Entertainment Head Rest Escutcheon Attaching

Screw.............................................................................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Knob Attaching Screw......................................... 2.0 – 5.0 Nm

Side Impact Airbag Assembly Attaching Nut..................................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly Attaching Nut..............5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly Attaching Screw..............3.0 – 5.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Frame Assembly Attaching Screw...................30.0 – 45.0 Nm

Seat Memory Module Attaching Screw..........................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Track and Height Adjust Assembly Attaching Nut......................24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7–408

Page 1A7–408

8.2 Rear Seat

Rear Seat-back Assembly Attaching Bolt..................................25.0 – 35.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Hinge Attaching Screw................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid Attaching Screw....................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid Latch Attaching Screw..........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Cup Holder Housing Attaching Screw............................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Armrest Lid Hinge Attaching Screw..........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Armrest Hinge Attaching Screw...................................................7.0 – 10.0 Nm

Armrest Hinge Assembly Attaching Screw.....................................3.5 – 5.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Actuator Attaching Screw.................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Hinge Attaching Screw.............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Assembly Attaching Bolt.......................25.0 – 35.0 Nm

Rear Seat-back Centre Lock Striker Attaching Screw................25.0 – 35.0 Nm